Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Policy and Strategy Committee - 25/09/2025

North Lanarkshire Council · 25 September 2025
Back to Policy and Strategy Committee — 25 September 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Clerk Name: Mark Hamill
Clerk Telephone: 07811294702
Clerk Email: committee@northlan.gov.ukk
16 September 2025
Members of the
Policy and Strategy Committee
Chief Executive’s Office
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal & Democratic)
Civic Centre, Windmillhill Street,
Motherwell ML1 1AB
www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk
Notice is given that a Meeting of the Policy and Strategy Committee is to be held in the
Council Chamber, Civic Centre, Windmillhill Street, Motherwell, ML1 1AB on Thursday, 25
September 2025 at 14:00 PM which you are requested to attend.
The agenda of business is attached.
Rachel Blair
Chief Officer (Legal & Democratic)
Members :
J Logue, T Fisher, L Roarty, C Barclay, A Beveridge, H Brannan-McVey, A Bustard, T
Carragher, C Costello, P Di Mascio, K Duffy, W Goldie, D Johnston, J Leckie, G Lennon, H
Loughran, M McBride, M McPake, L Nolan, G Robinson, A Smith, A Stubbs, R Sullivan, S
Watson, G Woods.
Page 1 of 212

Page 2

Page 2 of 212

Page 3

Agenda
1 Declarations of Interest In Terms of the Ethical
Standards In Public Life Etc. (Scotland) Act 2000
Minutes
2 Minute of Meeting of Audit and Scrutiny Panel of 28
August 2025
Submit the minute of the Meeting of Audit and Scrutiny
Panel held on 28 August 2025.
5 - 10
Operational
3 Eat Well, Be Well Policy
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Community
Operations) seeking approval of the Eat Well, Be Well
Policy 2025 / 2030.
11 - 70
4 Brighter Futures Progress Update
Submit report by the Chief Officer (People Resources)
describing the consolidated activity being progressed
under the Brighter Futures Programme of Work.
71 - 94
5 Delivering the Programme of Work for 2023 to 2028
Submit report by the Chief Executive (copy to follow)
6 Best Value Thematic Audit: Transformation
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Strategy and
Engagement) detailing the outcome of the Best Value
Thematic Audit on Transformation, together with the
audit recommendations and the planned next steps.
95 - 126
7 Digital and IT Strategy 2024-27 update as at
September 2025
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Finance and
Technology) providing an update on the Digital and IT
Strategy 2024-27.
127 - 150
8 Scotland’s Public Service Reform Strategy –
Delivering for Scotland
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Strategy and
Engagement) highlighting the publication of Scotland’s
Public Service Reform Strategy – Delivering for
Scotland in June 2025 by the Scottish Government.
151 - 156
Page 3 of 212

Page 4

9 Review of the Council’s Democratic, Committee,
and Decision-Making Governance Procedures
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Legal and
Democratic) seeking agreement of the approach to
undertake a phased review of the Council's
governance arrangements.
157 - 166
10 Complaints Handling - Update
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Strategy and
Engagement) seeking approval of the Customer
Complaints Policy - Managing Unreasonable Customer
Demands Policy.
167 - 200
Financial
11 Review of Capital Delivery 2024/25
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Finance and
Technology) identifying some of the key programme
delivery highlights for 2024/25.
201 - 208
Contracts
12 Contract awarded below Committee approval
threshold
Submit report by the Chief Officer (Assets and
Procurement) advising of a contract awarded since the
last meeting of the Committee.
209 - 212
Page 4 of 212

Page 5

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL - 28 AUGUST 2025 
1
28 August 2025 at 2 pm. 
A Meeting of the AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL 
PRESENT 
Councillor Watson, Convener; Councillor Kelly, Vice-Convener; Councillors Costello, Hughes, Hume,
D. Johnston, Leckie, M. McCulloch, McLaren and Robinson. 
CHAIR 
Councillor Watson (Convener) presided. 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Chief Officer (Audit and Risk); Chief Officer (Finance and Technology); Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic);
Chief Officer (People Resources); Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement); Audit Manager; Strategy and
Customer Experience Manager, Information Risk Manager; Legal Manager (Enterprise); Senior Education and
Families Manager; Strategy and Performance Manager; and Democratic Co-ordinator. 
APOLOGY 
Councillor Duffy-Lawson. 
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN TERMS OF THE ETHICAL STANDARDS IN PUBLIC LIFE ETC.
(SCOTLAND) ACT 2000 
1. The meeting noted that there were no declarations of interest. 
The Convener used their discretion to vary the order of business as hereinafter minuted. 
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 
2. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement): (1) reminding Panel
that, complying with the Accounts Commission’s Direction has been a statutory requirement for over
30 years not only from a transparent public performance reporting perspective, but also from the
Council fulfilling its duty to secure Best Value to demonstrate improvement in terms of improving the
lives of, and services for, local people and ensuring effective use of resources; (2) intimating that
following the latest three yearly review, a new Direction has been published for 2025/26 to 2027/28
which places additional requirements on Councils and also comprises supplementary guidance for
Local Authorities which - while purporting to be something that does not seek to instruct or advise
Councils on how to implement their arrangements for performance reporting - does not, however,
define the extent to which Councils are required to demonstrate specific compliance or the extent to
which auditors will use this guidance for assessment purposes; (3) advising that as the Council now
has well established performance management and reporting arrangements, including public
performance reporting, it is not the intention to develop anything new to support the new Direction, or
to make any significant changes to existing arrangements; and (4) attaching in the appendices to the
report, the updated framework and schedule which sets out the wide range of performance reporting
expected to be carried out by Chief Officers. 
Decided: 
(1) that the statutory requirements of the Accounts Commission’s Direction for 2025/26 to 2027/28 be
acknowledged;
Item 2
Page 5 of 212

Page 6

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL - 28 AUGUST 2025 
2
(2) that it be noted that, where appropriate, the additional requirements from the Direction have been
integrated within the existing non-negotiable standards for performance management and
progress monitoring and performance reporting to minimise the impact on Council resources and
ensure processes remain aligned and practicable; and 
(3) that the updated framework and schedule which sets out the wide range of performance reporting
expected to be carried out by Chief Officers, and corporately, for 2025 to 2026, and which supports
the performance assurance review reports submitted to the Panel on a quarterly basis. 
AUDIT AND RISK RELATED ITEMS: ACTION LOG 
3. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) enabling the Panel to track
implementation of requests and recommendations made by it in respect of Audit and Risk related
items; and (2) attaching, as an Appendix to the report, the action log, recording the requests and
recommendations by the Panel, and when these had been addressed and/or were expected to be
addressed. 
Decided:  that the content of the report be noted. 
INTERNAL AUDIT: PROGRESS REPORT 
4. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) providing an overview of Internal
Audit activity and reporting the results of Internal Audit outputs finalised since the last update to the
Panel in May 2025; (2) highlighting the progress with the 2025/26 Internal Audit plan; and (3) providing
an update on performance management. 
During discussion on this matter, questions were asked in respect of which Officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
“Can the non-compliant percentage figures be provided in respect of non-contractual spend.” (Cllr
Robinson). 
“Can the Cyber Security and Information Governance Risks be provided to the Panel once approved.”
(Cllr Hume). 
“Can Information Security Awareness Risk training be available to all elected members?” (Cllr
Watson). 
Decided: 
(1) that the Internal Audit reports, with the associated management responses be noted;
and 
(2) that further reports be submitted to future meetings of the Panel on progress being
made in implementing agreed management actions categorised as high or medium. 
INTERNAL AUDIT: FOLLOW-UPS OF IMPLEMENTATION OF AUDIT RECOMMENDATIONS 
5. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) detailing the extent to which
management had implemented actions previously committed to in response to recommendations
contained within Internal Audit reports, where those actions were due to be completed in the period
up to 30 June 2025; (2) advising that Internal Audit had concluded that of the 26 actions agreed in
response to relevant Internal Audit recommendations during the period 14 had been fully completed,
Page 6 of 212

Page 7

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL - 28 AUGUST 2025 
3
one was considered no longer relevant and of the 11 recommendations that remained outstanding,
four have an implementation date which are more than 12 months overdue; (3) explaining that of the
14 actions due in respect of external outputs, five had been completed, three had been partially
implemented, and six were not due yet; (4) attaching, in Appendix two to the report, the register of
outstanding Internal Audit Recommendations; and (5) enclosing in Appendix two to the report, Internal
Audit recommendations transferred to risk register. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which Officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
“Can future updates include completed actions or the reason for delay be included within the
Management update narrative in “Register of Outstanding Internal Audit Recommendations””. (Cllr
Hume). 
Decided: 
(1) that the contents of the report be noted; and 
(2) that the recommendations made by Internal Audit, as set out in Appendix two to the
report, be noted. 
RISK MANAGEMENT UPDATE 
6. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk); (1) providing an overview of the
recent annual review of the Corporate Risk Register and developments on Corporate Risks since the
last update to the panel in May 2025; and (2) including a high-level overview of Service Risk Registers,
comparing the current residual risk profile with the profile reported to the Panel in February 2025,
together with a summary of the key considerations of the Risk Management Corporate Working Group
within the reporting period. 
During discussion on this matter, questions were asked in respect of which Officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
“Can the Risk Management Register be benchmarked with other Local Authorities?” (Cllr Robinson). 
“Can an amendment to the format of the Corporate Risk Register be considered to include information
on the mitigating actions?” (Cllr Hume). 
Decided: 
(1) that the review process for the Corporate Risk Register 2025/26 and outcome set out
in sections 2.1 – 2.4 of the report be noted; 
(2) that the Corporate Risk Register for 2025/26 be acknowledged; 
(3) that the key developments set out in the Corporate Risk Register for 2025-26 as detailed
in sections 2.5-2.11, be noted; 
(4) that the overview of service high scoring service level risks as detailed in section 2.12
and Appendix two to the report, be noted; and 
(5) that the summary of key discussion points of the Risk Management Corporate Working
Group as detailed in sections 2.13 of the report, be acknowledged. 
Page 7 of 212

Page 8

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL - 28 AUGUST 2025 
4
NATIONAL FRAUD INITIATIVE – UPDATE 
7. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk): (1) advising of the progress made
to date by the Council in response to the 2024 National Fraud Initiative data matching exercise and
highlighting where further action is required by the Council and/or relevant Services; and (2) providing
details of the progress made to date and future planned action in relation to the follow-up of matches. 
During discussion on this matter, a question was asked in respect of which Officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
“Can a review of the “Tell Us Once” be undertaken to include the return of Blue Badges?” (Cllr D
Johnson). 
Decided:  that the progress made to date and future planned action in relation to the follow-up
matches be endorsed. 
SELF-EVALUATION OF THE AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL – OUTCOME REPORT 
8. There was submitted a report by the Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic): (1) explaining that the
Council’s governance arrangements are reviewed on an annual basis through the Strategic
Governance Framework and throughout the year as part of the Internal Audit programme of audit
work; (2) reporting that an Internal Audit review in 2021 considered that there was a risk that “the
Council may not be able to adequately demonstrate that it has effective Audit Committee
arrangements and/or arrangements to ensure Elected Members have the skills, knowledge and, where
appropriate or required, access to relevant training and resources to effectively undertake their role”;
(3) advising that, to this end, Internal Audit recommended that the Panel should, in line with good
practice, periodically undertake a self-evaluation of how effectively it is discharging its role; (4)
reminding the Panel that a self-evaluation of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel was subsequently
undertaken in 2023 with implementation of the resultant improvement plan approved by the Panel in
November 2023; (5) informing that a follow up self-evaluation exercise was carried out in July 2025,
with the findings presented in this outcome report for due consideration; and (6) attaching in the
appendices (a) a synopsis of the self-evaluation of the Panel; (b) good practice questions used in the
online survey, showing where comparisons are available from the 2023 to 2025 questions, and (c) the
Audit and Scrutiny Panel terms of reference. 
During discussion on this matter, questions were asked in respect of which Officers committed to
respond outwith the meeting:- 
“Can details of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel Membership from 2022 to the present day be provided?”
(Cllr M McCulloch).
“Can clarification on self-evaluation responses in comparison to other Local Authorities be provided?”
(Cllr Hume). 
Decided: 
(1) that the outcome from the self-evaluation which demonstrates the extent to which the Panel
is effective in discharging its Audit and Scrutiny roles, be recognised; 
(2) that the results from the 2025 self-evaluation exercise be reviewed, with comparisons to the
2023 exercise where relevant, and to identify any further developments required to inform the
improvement plan and next steps to ensure the Panel continues to demonstrate that it is
effective in discharging its role; and 
(3) that the next steps outlined at paragraph 2.16 to ensure that the Panel remains effective in
discharging its Audit and Scrutiny roles in relation to the functions of an Audit Committee as
per the CIPFA documents Audit Committees: Practical Guidance for Local Authorities (2022),
Page 8 of 212

Page 9

AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL - 28 AUGUST 2025 
5
and to ensure that the Council can demonstrate Best Value through the existence of robust
arrangements for performance reporting and scrutiny be endorsed. 
Page 9 of 212

Page 10

Page 10 of 212

Page 11

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref    LR/AH Date 25/09/25 
Eat Well, Be Well Policy (formally known as – The Diet & Nutrition
Policy) 
From  Lyall Rennie, Chief Officer (Community Operations)  
E-mail RennieR@northlan.gov.uk  Telephone 07855193500 
Executive Summary
This report provides an update on the Council’s revised 2019 – 2024, Diet & Nutrition
Policy, which has since been renamed the Eat Well, Be Well Policy 2025 - 2030. This
revised policy was developed by Facility Support Services, in conjunction with
representatives from multi-sectorial council and partner services such as NHS Lanarkshire,
Lanarkshire Community Food and Health Partnership and other key stakeholder groups.
This updated Eat Well, Be Well Policy outlines the work across the Council, NHS and
Community Partners of achievements since 2019 and progress in ensuring that the
Communities of North Lanarkshire Council are being assisted by cross partnership working
on improving Health and Wellbeing across the ages from birth to older adults.
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee:
(1) Approves the contents of this report.
(2) Approves the contents of the Eat Well Be Well Policy 2025 / 2030 for publication.
(3) Approve monitoring of progress through the Eat Well, Be Well working group.  
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Improve the health and wellbeing of our communities
Ambition statement (15) Encourage the health and wellbeing of people through a range
of social, cultural, and leisure activities
Programme of Work Resilient People
Item 3
Page 11 of 212

Page 12

1. Background 
1.1 The Plan for North Lanarkshire was approved at Policy and Strategy Committee in
February 2019. Supporting the plan is the Strategic Policy Framework which followed
an exercise to assess strategies, policies, and plans in place to support achievement
of the council’s priorities. All strategies and policies within the framework are subject to
a regular review and update exercise. 
1.2 Accordingly, the 2019 – 2024 Diet and Nutrition Policy has been updated to align with
the Plan for North Lanarkshire and reflect changes in Scottish Government strategy
and regulation. The working group which comprises representatives from NLC, NHS
and Community Partnership Groups agreed to update the name of the policy in line
with a new focus on the “Ages and Stages of our Lifetime Model” to the Eat Well, Be
Well Policy. 
1.3 Utilising “The Ages and Stages of our Lifetime Model” firmly represents the key areas
where cross party working across many sectors is undertaken, recorded, and
monitored. This model allows a clear pathway to following the work undertaken by the
many sectors responsible as part of the ongoing work set out in the Policy. These are: 
• Pregnancy and Parenthood
• Nursery and Schools
• Training and Adulthood
• Work life and Employment.
• Retirement and Care 
1.4 North Lanarkshire has areas with significant levels of deprivation and therefore is
affected disproportionately by high levels of health inequalities. Improving the diet and
nutrition of our communities will assist in closing the gap between the health of those
living in our more deprived and affluent communities. Food provision must not only be
healthy, but affordable, readily available, and easily accessible to the population. 
2. Report 
2.1 The purpose of the Eat Well Be Well Policy is to ensure the range of policy measures
introduced by Scottish Government, along with the priorities of the Plan for North
Lanarkshire, lead to an improvement in the health and wellbeing and in particular the
diet and nutrition of communities within North Lanarkshire. 
2.2 National Context 
Scottish Government is continuing to introduce a variety of policy measures aimed at
improving the health and wellbeing through changes in diet and nutrition of the people
in Scotland. 
• A Healthier Future – Scotland’s Diet and Healthy Weight Delivery Plan - a vision for
a Scotland where everyone eats well and has a healthy weight. There is also an
aim to significantly reduce health inequalities. 
• As of 2025, childhood obesity remains a significant concern in Scotland, with
approximately 18% of children aged 2-15 at risk of obesity, highlighting the urgent
need for effective policy interventions.
Page 12 of 212

Page 13

• Prevalence of Obesity: In 2022, about 18% of children aged 2-15 were identified as
at risk of obesity, with 10.5% specifically classified as obese. This trend indicates a
growing concern, as the rates have been alarmingly high. 
• Inequality in Obesity Rates: Children from the most deprived areas are more than
twice as likely to be at risk of obesity compared to those from the least deprived
areas, with rates of 13.9% in deprived areas versus 6.8% in affluent areas. 
• National Ambition: Scotland has set a national goal to halve childhood obesity
to 7% by 2030. However, the current trajectory suggests that achieving this target
will require significant policy action and community engagement. 
• The statistics indicate a pressing need for comprehensive strategies to address
childhood obesity in Scotland. This includes enhancing the food environment,
implementing regulations to limit the promotion of unhealthy foods, and ensuring
that all children have access to healthy, affordable food options. The ongoing efforts
to monitor and address these issues are crucial for the health and well-being of
future generations in Scotland. In summary, while the statistics for 2025 are not
explicitly available, the trends and data from recent years highlight the critical
situation regarding childhood obesity in Scotland, necessitating urgent and effective
policy responses. 
• The Public Health Priorities for Scotland sets, as one of the main priorities, a
Scotland where we eat well, have a healthy weight and are physically active. To
achieve this, we will focus on reducing inequalities, empowering people, and
communities but also through prevention and early intervention, fairness, equity and
equality, collaboration and engagement, intelligence, evidence, and innovation. 
• The Scottish Dietary Targets for 2025, aim to improve the health of the Scottish
population by reducing diet related diseases such as heart disease, stroke, and type
2 diabetes. These goals focus on rebalancing dietary intake to include more fruits,
vegetables, starchy carbohydrates, and fibre whilst reducing overall calories, fat,
salt, and sugars. 
• The Scottish Government has implemented the National Good Food Nation Plan,
which sets out the overarching outcomes for a Good Food Nation and details various
food related policies and initiatives. Actions include developing legislation to improve
the retail food environment, business led reformation of foods to reduce fat, salt and
sugar and increasing the availability and affordability of healthy foods. The Plan also
focuses on ensuring everyone in Scotland can access nutritious and affordable food.
This includes addressing individual food insecurity concerns and increasing uptake
of school meal provisions. 
2.3 Local Context 
The council is committed to ongoing efforts to achieve the dietary goals for Scotland. 
• The statutory duty to meet the nutritional requirements for Healthy Eating in Schools
is regulated by the nutritional requirements for Food and Drink in Schools (Scotland)
Regulations 2020. These regulations aim to improve the nutritional quality of food
and drink available to pupils in schools across Scotland. The regulations cover
Page 13 of 212

Page 14

various aspects including fruit and vegetable provision, red meat consumption,
sugar reduction and the types of food and drink offered. These audits are
undertaken by Health and Nutrition Inspector’s (HNi) as part of Education
Scotland’s inspection portfolio. 
• North Lanarkshire Council have been working towards developing local plans to
contribute to Scotland becoming a Good Food Nation and the review of this policy,
ensures that this better reflects current public health priorities and tackling poverty
issues along with including a significant number of new national and local
developments. 
• The Eat Well, Be Well Policy 25/30 outlines many of the fantastic initiatives going
on cross North Lanarkshire in its aim to meet both National and Local ambitions of
reducing obesity and making North Lanarkshire a healthier place to live, learn, work,
invest and visit. The working group will meet later in 2025 to review the current
action plan and then on a six-monthly basis update all progress, so the policy is an
up-to-date live document. 
2.4 The Eat Well, Be Well working group will continue to update this information as and
when any fresh data is available. The policy is due for full review again in 2029. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The council is one of the multi-agency stakeholders that developed the vision, aim and
strategic objectives for the Lanarkshire Healthy Weight Strategy. All actions and
outcomes will be picked up through the Eat Well Be Well Policy Action Plan.   
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Eat Well Be Well Policy 2025-2030 (Appendix 1) 
Lyall Rennie
Chief Officer, Community Operations 
Page 14 of 212

Page 15

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The working group have ensured that all aspects of the policy take into consideration
all elements of the Equality Impact Assessment and this will be updated by the group
later in 2025 when the Eat Well, Be Well Action Plan is set out for 2025 to 2030. The
Policy itself meets the needs of those most in need of assistance with NL. 
If yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments. The working group are due to meet in October,
and the Action and Policy will be published on the Councils website. 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Page 15 of 212

Page 16

Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has an
assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the Enterprise
Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒  
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has been
made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant Articles
from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Page 16 of 212

Page 17

Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 17 of 212

Page 18

EAT WELL, BE WELL
POLICY
2025 – 2030 
Page 18 of 212

Page 19

Version Control 
Name of Document: Eat Well Be Well Policy
Author Anne Hanlon, Facility Support Services Manager
Owner Lyall Rennie, Chief Officer (Community Operations) 
Date 1 August 2025 Version No. 01 Document
Status
Draft Version 
Governance
Committee
Policy & Strategy
Committee
Date
Approved 
Change Record 
Date Version Record of Changes Made   
Page 19 of 212

Page 20

Contents 
Section Page
Foreword 4 – 5 
Introduction 6
National Context – Legislative and Policy Landscape 6 – 8 
Local Context – North Lanarkshire Priorities 8 – 10 
Food and Health 10 – 11 
Eat Well, Be Well through the Ages and Stages: 11
• Pregnancy & Parenthood 12 – 15 
• Nursery & School 15 – 22 
• Training & Adulthood 22 – 24 
• Work life & Employment 24 – 25 
• Retirement & Care 25 – 27 
Monitoring progress 27 
Appendices / Further Reading
Appendix 1: Pregnancy and Parenthood
Appendix 2: Nursery and School
Appendix 3 Training and Adulthood
Appendix 4: Work life and Employment
Appendix 5: Achievable Outcomes 2019/20 – 2023/24 
Page 20 of 212

Page 21

Foreword
North Lanarkshire Council (NLC) 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire is a shared ambition for inclusive growth and prosperity for all,
where people choose North Lanarkshire as a place to live, learn, work, invest and visit. One of
the five priorities set to achieve our shared ambition is to improve the health and wellbeing of
our communities and a key aspect to achieve this is through empowering people to make
healthier choices for their diet and nutrition. I am delighted to present the reviewed Eat Well
Be Well Policy for North Lanarkshire. 
The Public Health Priorities for Scotland sets as one of the main priorities a Scotland where
we eat well, have a healthy weight and are physically active. To achieve this, we will focus on
reducing inequalities, empowering people and communities but also through prevention and
early intervention, fairness, equity and equality, collaboration and engagement, intelligence,
evidence and innovation. The 2018-19 Programme for Government committed the Scottish
Government to halve the level of childhood obesity by 2030 meaning that approximately
56,000 fewer children will be at risk of being obese. 
The Good Food Nation Bill sets out our aspiration that Scotland’s second nature will be to
serve, sell and eat fresh, healthy food. The national agenda to improve health and wellbeing
places local authorities at the heart of health improvement. The Diet and Nutrition Policy
continues to feature a wider-ranging approach to health improvement, ensuring that the
importance of improving diet and nutrition is raised across all council services. The policy will
be reviewed on an ongoing basis to reflect any further directives, and a four-year action plan
will be developed to support the additional recommendations. 
Food insecurity is a dimension of poverty that has specific consequences for diet, health and
wellbeing and a range of negative health outcomes across the life cycle. Household food
insecurity is linked to inadequate intakes of certain nutrients and fruits and vegetables. Studies
have shown poorer mental health and poorer health in adults living in food insecure households
are more likely to suffer from chronic conditions such as diabetes, hypertension and mood and
anxiety disorders. There are a variety of measurements that we will be taking to tackle poverty
and food insecurity, and these include providing free meals to all P1-P5 primary school children
and free breakfast for pupils who are from low-income families. 
North Lanarkshire Council will continue to work with partners such as NHS Lanarkshire as well
as the voluntary, community and private sectors which is the key to achieve any changes. 
Councillor Jim Logue, Leader of the Council, North Lanarkshire Council 
Page 21 of 212

Page 22

Foreword
National Health Service (NHS) 
As the Director of Public Health and Health Policy for NHS Lanarkshire, I very much welcome
the Eat Well, Be Well Policy for 2025-2030. Having good physical and mental health ensures
people can live longer, healthier and more fulfilling lives. 
Enabling healthier lives is a key priority for all partners within the newly published National
Population Health Framework. Supporting access to good food is key to that. 
A high proportion of the Lanarkshire population are living with overweight or obesity, which can
lead to poorer health. The costs to individuals, our communities, the NHS, Social Care,
employers and wider society is significant. 
By working together as a whole system to improve nutrition and the food environment, we can
support healthier diets and promote healthy weight to prevent cardiovascular disease, cancer,
Type 2 diabetes and other chronic conditions. 
The policy aligns with work that we are taking forward with partners through the Healthy Weight
Public Health Action Team (PHAcT) and will contribute to our local plans to become a Good
Food Nation. 
As a partnership, we acknowledge the challenges. However, we are also very committed and
hopeful that we can turn the tide and create the environment for healthier choices, particularly
focussing on our most disadvantaged communities. 
Professor S. Josephine Pravinkumar, Director of Public Health and Health Policy, NHS
Lanarkshire 
Page 22 of 212

Page 23

Introduction
North Lanarkshire Council is Scotland’s fourth largest local authority area with a rising resident
population of 339,390 and is ideally situated in the heart of Scotland. The Plan for North
Lanarkshire is a shared ambition for inclusive growth and prosperity for all, where people
choose North Lanarkshire as a place to live, learn, work, invest and visit. Improving the health
and wellbeing of communities is one of the five key priorities set to realise this ambition through
empowering people to make healthier choices. 
In 2000, North Lanarkshire Council was one of the first local authorities in Scotland to develop
a diet and nutrition policy demonstrating the council’s commitment to improving diet and
nutrition for service users, residents and staff. During 2024/25, North Lanarkshire Council have
been developing local plans to contribute to Scotland becoming a Good Food Nation and the
review of the 2019-2014 Diet and Nutrition Policy, ensures that this better reflects current public
health priorities and tackling poverty issues along with including a significant number of new
national and local developments. Considering these changes, it was considered by the
Working Group to change the policy to ‘Eat Well, Be Well’ Policy.  This document is tailored to
reflect food themes at each life stage throughout the life cycle, from birth to older people. 
The next few sections will layout both the National and Local context in a multiagency approach
to helping communities achieve a healthier future. 
National context - Legislative and Policy Landscape
The importance of diet and nutrition and frameworks / plans to support an improved approach
to this, is a focus at both local and national level. There are several key areas which must be
taken into consideration in the development of the Eat Well, Be Well Policy.
Good Food Nation
The Scottish Government have set out a vision for Scotland to be “a Good Food Nation, where
people from every walk of life take pride and pleasure in, and benefit from, the food they
produce, buy, cook, serve, and eat each day.” A Good Food Nation Bill to transform Scotland's
food system 
The Good Food Nation (Scotland) Act 2022 provides the legislative framework enabling
Scotland to take steps towards realising our vision. The Act underpins in law the work that is
already being done across the Scottish Government to make Scotland a Good Food Nation. 
Good Food Nation plans (Scottish Government, 2024)
“The Act places duties on Scottish Ministers, local authorities and health boards to produce
Good Food Nation Plans. These Plans will set out the main outcomes to be achieved in relation
to food-related issues, the policies needed to do this and the measures that will be used to
assess progress” 
These Plans will help deliver the following outcomes: 
• Our nation’s social and economic wellbeing
• The environment
Page 23 of 212

Page 24

• People’s health and physical and mental wellbeing
• Economic development
• Animal welfare
• Education
• Child poverty 
Scotland Public Health Priorities
The public health priorities represent important milestones underpinning the agreement
between the Scottish Government and Local Government about the importance of focusing
our efforts to improve the health of the population. The priorities connect strongly to and will
help accelerate wider work including local strategic planning and partnership activity; the
refreshed National Performance Framework and related National Outcomes Scotland's public
health priorities - gov.scot. 
The priorities are: 
Priority 1 – A Scotland where we live in vibrant, healthy and safe places and communities 
Priority 2 – A Scotland where we flourish in our early years 
Priority 3 – A Scotland where we have good mental wellbeing 
Priority 4 – A Scotland where we reduce the use of and harm from alcohol, tobacco and other
drugs 
Priority 5 – A Scotland where we have a sustainable, inclusive economy with equality of
outcomes for all 
Priority 6 – A Scotland where we eat well, have a healthy weight and are physically active. 
Priority 6 is of key importance in the context of this policy. To achieve this priority, an evidence
based, and collaborative approach will be taken. Focus will be given to reducing inequalities
and empowering people and communities but also in prevention and early intervention.   
It should be noted that a Population Health Framework was published in June 2025. This is a
Joint publication between Scottish Government and COSLA and a review of this will be
required, in line with the policy as this framework may supersede the public health priorities.
Scotland's Population Health Framework - gov.scot   
A Healthier Future - Scotland’s Diet and Healthy Weight Plan (Scottish
Government)
There is a vision for a Scotland where everyone eats well and has a healthy weight and aim to
significantly reduce health inequalities, focussing on the following five key outcomes: 
- Children have the best start in life - they eat well and have a healthy weight
- The food environment supports healthier choices
- People have access to effective weight management services
- Leaders across all sectors promote healthy weight and diet and finally
Page 24 of 212

Page 25

- Diet-related health inequalities are reduced 
For further information on the plan, please visit A healthier future: Scotland's diet and healthy
weight delivery plan - gov.scot. 
Page 25 of 212

Page 26

The Scottish Dietary Goals (Scottish Government)
The Scottish Dietary Goals aim to improve the health of people in Scotland by reducing the
incidence of diet related illness such as heart disease, strokes, type 2 diabetes and some
cancers. Since they were set in 1996, there has been little or no progress towards achieving
the goals as the Scottish diet remains too high in calories, fats, sugar and salt and too low in
fruits, vegetables, oil rich fish and fibre. 
The above national policies combined with local priorities and goals provide a
comprehensive, robust and integrated framework from which to direct local policies and
actions aimed at improving the diet, health, wellbeing and longevity of everyone in North
Lanarkshire. 
Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD)
North Lanarkshire has areas with significant levels of deprivation and therefore is affected
disproportionately by high levels of health inequalities. The Scottish Index of Multiple
Deprivation (SIMD) is a relative measure of deprivation across 6,976 small areas (called data
zones). The data zones relate to income, employment, health, education, skills and training,
geographic access to services, housing, and crime. If an area is identified as ‘deprived’, this
can relate to some people having a low income, but it can also mean fewer resources or
opportunities for the people who live there. It is important to be mindful that not everyone living
in the most deprived areas (data zones 1 and 2) is experiencing adversity and/or poverty
(Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2020 - gov.scot). 
SIMD ranks data zones from most deprived (ranked 1) to least deprived (ranked 6,976).
Agencies using SIMD will tend to focus on the data zones below a certain rank, for example,
the 5%, 10%, 15% or 20% most deprived data zones in Scotland. 
North Lanarkshire is currently the 6th most deprived area and is followed by Glasgow,
Inverclyde, North Ayrshire, West Dunbartonshire and Dundee in terms of the local share of
data-zones in this 20% most deprived category. 
North Lanarkshire has 447 named data zones which cover the council area, including 78
intermediate data zones.   
The SIMD is made up of: 
• An overall SIMD rank, where 1 = most deprived and 6,976 is least deprived 
• 144 (35%) data zones in North Lanarkshire are within the 20% most deprived
communities in Scotland. This share has increased since the 2016 SIMD. 
Local Context - North Lanarkshire Priorities 
Improving the diet and nutrition of our communities will assist in closing the gap between the
health of those living in our more deprived and affluent communities. Food provision must not
only be healthy, but affordable, readily available and easily accessible to the population. 
Page 26 of 212

Page 27

Improving diet and health in North Lanarkshire will be challenging, therefore partnership
working is key to the implementation of this Eat Well, Be Well Policy. The Policy, and the
actions within, are being considered in conjunction with the actions of key partners including
NHS Lanarkshire, the voluntary and private sectors, as well as the communities we serve. 
These will be reviewed and considered through the Eat Well, Be Well Working Group. 
North Lanarkshire Council is committed to the ongoing efforts to achieve the dietary goals
outlined by the Scottish Government and becoming a Good Food Nation and intend on making
the use of nutritious food easily achievable by ensuring that the healthier choice can be the
easy choice. 
The authority is also committed to providing healthy balanced school meals and adapted
menus for special diet requirements, as this can impact on a child’s health, growth, mood and
academic achievement. The whole school approach to health and wellbeing ensures that our
children and young people are given the right facts and information on the importance of
making positive food and drink choices as they develop and grow. 
Furthermore, the council recognise the short and long-term advantages of breastfeeding for
both mother and baby and support breastfeeding as the optimal infant feeding choice. with
significantly improved employer support through the introduction of the new Breastfeeding
Policy. This provides appropriate support for mums to continue to breastfeed on their return to
work. 
NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council have worked in collaboration with the Scottish
Government Maternal and Infant Nutrition Policy Team to pilot new Breastfeeding Friendly
Scotland schemes.  Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Early Learning is a scheme for Early
Learning and Childcare establishments. Establishments require to meet specified criteria such
as having a breastfeeding champion, completing training, having a breastfeeding and return
to work policy and take opportunities to talk to learners about breastfeeding. All Early Learning
Settings have this award. The Breastfeeding Friendly Schools Award has also been piloted in
over 80% of North Lanarkshire schools meeting the same criteria and includes breastfeeding
within curriculum learning throughout the school years. 
In addition to this, North Lanarkshire Council have worked to be a Breastfeeding Friendly
Scotland Local Authority. This is a whole systems approach whereby a framework, including
each department throughout the council, meets criteria and can evidence a Breastfeeding
Friendly approach with a bronze, silver and gold criteria. This includes supporting babies to be
breastfed wherever they may be, staff breastfeeding and returning to work policy, staff training
and communications.  North Lanarkshire have been awarded "Gold” in February 2024.                                   
North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire are committed to meeting the diet and
nutritional needs of the community through all stages of life from: 
• Pregnancy & Parenthood
• Nursery & School
• Training & Adulthood
Page 27 of 212

Page 28

• Work life & Employment
• Retirement & Care 
A Trauma Informed Approach 
Developing a trauma informed organisation and trauma informed service delivery is identified
as a theme within North Lanarkshire Council’s programme of work. This embeds Trauma
Informed Practice (TIP) within the council's operating model. This policy addresses the
importance of delivering diet and nutrition approaches in a manner consistent with the
principles of Trauma Informed Practice. 
Being ‘Trauma Informed’ means being able to recognise when someone may be affected by
trauma, collaboratively adjusting how we work to take this into account and responding in a
way that supports recovery, does no harm and recognises and supports people's resilience. 
Many people experience trauma, and it is not always known to services who may be affected
by trauma in any given set of circumstances. It must be recognised that food can play a part
in the experience of traumatisation and its ongoing effects. 
The delivery of this policy to the people who use council services must therefore be carried out
in a way that is consistent with the principles of TIP. These are: 
• Choice
• Collaboration
• Empowerment
• Trust 
• Safety 
People using council services must be approached and worked with in a way that promotes
trust and a feeling of safety, this applies to all aspects of the way we interact with people,
including the provision of food. This policy encourages healthy relationships with food and
drink. All staff should work collaboratively with service users to promote choice and should
always be aware of the possibility of the experience of trauma impacting on people’s reactions
to certain foods or circumstances around the serving of food. Services across the council are
working towards being ‘Trauma Informed’. 
Food and Health – Eatwell Guide
There are strong links between food and health, and how diet can affect risk of developing
conditions such as type 2 diabetes, heart disease, stroke and some cancers. According to The
Health Foundation, 2023, Scotland has some of the worst health inequalities in Western
Europe. 
Life expectancy for females in the most deprived areas of Scotland is 10.5 years less than
females in the least deprived, with a difference of 13.2 years for males. This disparity is even
more apparent when looking at National Records of Scotland, healthy life expectancy, with a
Page 28 of 212

Page 29

difference of 25 years for females and 26 years for males (Life Expectancy in Scotland 2021-
2023 - National Records of Scotland (NRS)). It is therefore important to support individuals
and communities in making healthier informed diet choices, and to consider the factors
influencing individual food choice, such as social and economic factors, location and access
to food, and individual knowledge and beliefs. 
The Importance of Eating Well
The Eatwell Guide - NHS gives a visual representation of the types and proportions of foods
and drinks that should be consumed for a healthy and well-balanced diet. Following these
recommendations can assist in the prevention of diet related conditions. It applies to most
people over 2 years old; those under 2 require different amounts of energy, protein and fat to
support their growth and development, and those aged 2-5 years will move towards following
the Eatwell Guide as they adopt the diet of their caregivers. 
The Eatwell guide is based on the five food groups: 
• Fruit and vegetables: eat at least 5 portions of a variety of fruit and vegetables every day
• Potatoes, bread, rice, pasta and other starchy carbohydrates: choose wholegrain or higher
fibre versions with less added fat, salt and sugar
• Beans, pulses, fish, eggs, meat and other proteins: eat more beans and pulses, 2 portions
of sustainably sourced fish per week, one of which is oily. Eat less red and processed
meat
• Dairy and alternatives: choose lower fat and lower sugar options
• Oil and spreads: choose unsaturated oils and use in small amounts.
General – Ages and Stage of our Lifetime
North Lanarkshire Council aims to support an Eat Well, Be Well community through five groups
of Ages and Stages. 
1. Pregnancy and Parenthood
2. Nursery and School
3. Training and Adulthood
4. Work Life and Employment
5. Retirement and Care 
Public Health Priorities Scotland
- A Scotland where we flourish in our early years.
- A Scotland where we will eat well, have a healthy weight and are physically active. 
The following sections will outline areas of general information, achievements and future plans
for each of the ages and stages of this policy. 
The last updated policy was for the time period 2019 – 2024. The new policy will be from
2025/26 – 2029/30 therefore the information contained within this report will detail
achievements over the previous policy period.
Page 29 of 212

Page 30

Due to the volume of data being gathered for each of the different categories within this policy,
there is a timelapse in the most accurate up to date information. This work is collated as a
partnership between NHS, Lanarkshire Community Food and Health Partnership and North
Lanarkshire Council services and the benchmarking data for this report and the latest data for
this current version of the policy is based on outcomes for 2022/23. 
This data going forward will be collected as part of the Eat Well Be Well working group and will
be updated in the policy on an annual basis. The policy will be kept online as a live document.
1. Pregnancy & Parenthood
Inclusive Statement
“This document uses the words pregnant women, mother or mum to describe those pregnant
and/or parent who is breastfeeding. We acknowledge that there are pregnant parents and
parents who are breastfeeding who may have a gender identity other than female and may
use terms other than ‘mother’ to describe themselves. We also know that some parents may
prefer ‘chest feeding’ to ‘breastfeeding’. We are clear that all parents should be treated with
dignity and respect when accessing support. When we are asked to use pronouns, terms,
and descriptors other than those in this document we will use the preferred words as part of
individualised care” (NHS, 2024) 
Infant and Maternal Nutrition 
Nutrition is important at every stage of life, however, pregnancy and the months after can
create unique dietary needs for both women and infants (Koletzko et. al 2019). During
preconception and pregnancy stages, a healthy balanced diet with supplements is key to
optimal nutritional status. It is recommended that women increase their intake of foods high in
iron (red meat, green vegetables, fortified bread and cereals) to meet the demands on iron
stores in pregnancy and to reduce the risk of anaemia. Increasing the consumption of folate,
is equally as important (for instance, bread, fortified cereals, green leafy vegetables and
pulses) (British Nutrition Foundation, 2024). 
In addition, a healthy weight can improve chances of becoming pregnant and reduce risks of
any pregnancy complications. It is important that women enter pregnancy within a healthy
weight range. Maternal obesity (defined as a BMI 30kg/m2 at the first booking appointment)
poses a significant risk to the health of both mother and baby. NHS Lanarkshire support women
by providing a Healthy Lifestyle in Pregnancy Service which provides evidence-based
multidisciplinary support and person-centred care, for further information please see contact
details below.   
The NHS Healthy Lifestyle in Pregnancy Service provides additional lifestyle support. Women
can either self-refer via 07770698955 or ask their midwife for more information. 
NHS Healthy Lifestyle in Pregnancy Service
https://www.nhslanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk/services/healthy-lifestyles-in-pregnancy-service/    
NHS Inform: https://www.nhsinform.scot/healthy-living/womens-health/middle-years-around-
25-to-50-years/pregnancy-and-maternity/planning-for-pregnancy/ 
Page 30 of 212

Page 31

Important Vitamins and Supplements  
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
NHS (Public Health Nutritionist / Specialist Dietitian) / NLC (Community Learning &
Development)
- Universal maternal and postnatal vitamin scheme for all pregnant, postnatal (up to 1 year)
and breastfeeding women. All those eligible receive free Healthy Start vitamins with
distribution mainly via community midwives but also approx. 100 community venues and
groups across Lanarkshire.
- CLD Family Learning Team support the Vitamin Distribution Scheme. 
NHS Lanarkshire provides free Healthy Start vitamins for pregnant
women throughout their pregnancy and for the first year after their child’s
birth. Healthy Start vitamins are available free to all pregnant women
who live in Lanarkshire and contain the recommended dosage of folic
acid, vitamin D and vitamin C. Women should obtain these from their
midwife. In the first year after birth, women can obtain their free vitamins
from their Health Visitor, family nurse or numerous health centres and
community venues. Their health visitor or family nurse can provide an
up-to-date list of where to obtain them. 
For further information on nutrition during pregnancy and vitamins and supplements, please
refer to APPENDIX 1: PREGNANCY AND PARENTHOOD. 
Breastfeeding 
Breastfeeding is one of the most effective ways to ensure child health and survival. The World
Health Organisation (WHO) recommends that breastfeeding mothers exclusively breastfeed
their babies up to six months of age (Breastfeeding). Thereafter, breastfeeding should continue
alongside the introduction of appropriate solid foods, for up to two years of age or for as long
as the mother chooses (Complementary feeding). 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
NHS (Public Health Nutritionist / Specialist Dietitian)
PHS Annual National Infant Feeding Statistics 2022/23 Infant Feeding Statistics Scotland  
Breastfeeding Initiation has increased to 66% in 2022/23, a rise of 1 percentage point from
last year.
- North Lanarkshire has increased to 48.8%, a rise of 2.8 percentage points from last year.
- NHS Lanarkshire has increased to 52.9% in 2022/23, a rise of 2.2 percentage points from
last year. 
Breastfeeding Rates at First Visit (10-14 days) increased to 57% in 22/23, a 2-point
increase since last year.
- NHS Lanarkshire rates have increased to 43.3% in 2022/23 a rise of 2.4 percentage points
since last year.
- North Lanarkshire has increased to 39%, a rise of 2.5 points since last year. 
Breastfeeding Rates at 6-8 weeks - increased to 47% in 2022/23, a rise of 1 percentage
point from last year.
Healthy Start Vitamins
Page 31 of 212

Page 32

-  NHS Lanarkshire Breastfeeding rates have increased to 34.4% a rise of 4.1 percentage
points from last year.
- North Lanarkshire rates have increased to 30.4% a 3.8-point increase since last year. 
Sustained rate of Exclusive breastfeeding at 6-8 weeks 32% in 22/23 (2-point increase
since 16/17).
- NHS Lanarkshire Exclusive Breastfeeding 23% in 22/23, a 1.5-point increase since last
year.
- North Lanarkshire Exclusive Breastfeeding 20.2% in 22/23, a 1.5-point increase since last
year. 
- NHS Lanarkshire maternity unit together with North and South Health and Social Care
partnerships were delighted to be awarded the “Baby Friendly Achieving Sustainability
Gold award” the assessors praised the work going on in Lanarkshire to improve
experiences for families and stated it was the most comprehensive application they had
ever received. 
- 8 Community Learning & Development (CLD) Family Learning Team members are
Breastfeeding Champions. 
- CLD Homelink Workers attend Locality Breastfeeding Improvement Groups to ensure
ongoing development. 
NHS Lanarkshire has invested in a permanent Breastfeeding Support Service. This, alongside
the Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Local Authority Scheme, creates a community where
breastfeeding is supported and enabled is making a difference. Lanarkshire has historically
had one of the lowest breastfeeding rates in Scotland, however local breastfeeding support
services has resulted in a gradual but sustained rise in rates.  In 2017/18, 26.6% of babies
were breastfed at 6-8 weeks compared to 2022/23 where 34.4% of babies were being
breastfed at 6-8 weeks.    
The Breastfeeding (Scotland) Act 2005 now makes it an offence to prevent or stop a person in
charge of a child under the age of 2 years, who is otherwise permitted to be in a public place,
from feeding milk to that child. In 2004, North Lanarkshire Council signed up to NHS
Lanarkshire’s Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Campaign. This ensures all Council
establishments will welcome and support any mother who wishes to breastfeed her baby,
making certain they are undisturbed by both staff and other service users whilst doing so. 
Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland  
The Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland scheme is a Scottish
Government supported national scheme, implemented
locally by NHS Boards which aims to: 
•  Provide mothers with positive experiences of breastfeeding when out and about, enabling
mothers to feel confident and supported. 
•  Raise awareness of the Breastfeeding etc. (Scotland) Act 2005 and the Equality Act 2010. 
•  Ensure that organisations are aware of their responsibilities under this legislation. 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
NHS (Public Health Nutritionist / Specialist Dietitian) / NLC Community Learning & Development
Page 32 of 212

Page 33

- NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council have worked in collaboration with the Scottish
Government Maternal and Infant Nutrition Policy Team to pilot and test 3 new Breastfeeding
Friendly Scotland schemes.  Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Early Learning - a scheme for Early
Learning and Childcare establishments (including childminders) where settings have met a criterion
to have a breastfeeding champion, completed training, have a breastfeeding and return to work
policy and take opportunities to talk to learners about breastfeeding - 100% of NLC Early Learning
Settings have the award.
- Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Schools - a scheme for Primary and Secondary Schools (including
ASN) 80% of NLC schools have the award - as above criteria with different resources to support
age and stage throughout the curriculum.
- Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Local Authority - a whole systems approach whereby a framework
including each department throughout the LA meets criteria and can evidence a Breastfeeding
Friendly approach with a bronze, silver and gold criteria - this includes supporting babies to be
breastfed wherever they may be, staff breastfeeding and returning to work policy, staff training and
communications.  NLC were awarded "Gold" in February 2024.
- North Lanarkshire Council has signed up all premises and arm’s length external organisations
(ALEOs) to the Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Scheme so that wherever breastfeeding families
may be, they will receive a warm welcome.
- CLD Homelink Workers attended Introduction to Solids Training to ensure delivery is up to date
and relevant when discussing weaning. 
Healthy Schools resource has key messages around breastfeeding embedded across every
stage with appropriate links to quality teaching resources and current Health Improvement
messages contained in the suggested activities. This means that messaging is introduced to
the learners throughout their school journey before any negative attitudes are formed.   
Specifically, the council has implemented several changes including:  
• Improved employer support through the introduction of a corporate breastfeeding policy with
workplaces. This is set up to enable women to continue breastfeeding/expressing in a
private room if required, with refrigeration facilities when returning to work. 
• Established nine community breastfeeding champions of mixed gender, who work with
health colleagues in communities to promote and support breastfeeding. 
• All early year’s establishments achieved Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland Early Learning
and Childcare award and 80% of all school establishments achieved Breastfeeding Friendly
Schools award. This includes NHS breastfeeding awareness training, embedding
breastfeeding in the curriculum and play environments in nurseries. Early years have also
been redesigned to promote an environment where breastfeeding is seen as the biological
norm for feeding infants and young children. 
• All new-build facilities including community hubs will have breastfeeding facilities designed
in at the planning stage. 
• Foster carers completed NHS training on responsive feeding, financial support and social
work staff trained on infant nutrition and benefits of breastfeeding. 
• Libraries, leisure and sport facilities provide a warm welcome space and facilities for
breastfeeding on site.   
• Road signage, public buildings and fleet vehicles will have BFS signage in place. 
Notably, North Lanarkshire has seen a rise in initiation of breastfeeding since the
implementation of this work and has increased 7% since 2016/2017 to 50.7% in 2023/2024,
Page 33 of 212

Page 34

meaning for the first time, more than half of all babies in North Lanarkshire have had some
breastmilk after birth. (PHS, 2024). 
For more information on Breastfeeding diet, see APPENDIX 1: PREGNANCY AND
PARENTHOOD. 
Best Start Foods 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
NHS (Public Health Nutritionist / Specialist Dietitian)
- Promotion of this benefit where relevant which is also included in all local Health Improvement and
Community partner work. No national data currently available on local uptake and eligibility which
continues to be requested from the national team.                                                                                                       
Best Start Foods is a payment for pregnant women and families with children under 3 to help
towards the costs of healthy foods such as fresh milk, fresh, plain frozen and tinned fruit and
vegetables, eggs, pulses and first infant formula milk. It is for those in receipt of certain benefits,
no access to public funds or those under 20 years’ old. Best Start Foods is paid every 4 weeks
onto a prepaid card. To find out more and/or how to apply visit here, or go to
https://www.mygov.scot/best-start-grant-best-start-foods. 
2. Nursery and School 
Early Years and Young Children
During the early years, young children require a well-balanced diet, and from 2 years onwards
can follow the Eat Well Guide. Children require nutritious meals to support growth and
development, that aids learning and social skills, and can encourage continuation of healthy
habits later in life (Schwarzenberg et al. 2018). 
Food and drinks provide young children with the energy they require to grow and be physically
active. It is important that there is a balance between energy intake from food, and expenditure
through growth, activity, and play. This will help children reach and maintain a healthy weight.
The amount of energy a child needs can vary and is dependent on age, gender, growth rate,
and activity levels (NHS 2023).   
Children who eat fruit and vegetables, some wholegrain / wholemeal foods, and pulses (peas,
beans, and lentils) are likely to be consuming an adequate level of vitamins, minerals and
dietary fibre. High- fibre foods, such as wholemeal bread, wholemeal pasta and brown rice
tend to be bulky and can fill young children up too quickly. Therefore, care should be taken to
ensure young children are not given excessive amounts of high-fibre foods before the age of
2 years (NHS 2023). 
Consumption of added sugar, also known as free sugars, now (historically this was referred to
as non-milk extrinsic sugar), should be restricted. These sugars are harmful to teeth, can
contribute to unnecessary weight gain, increase the risk of other health conditions. Free sugars
are found in confectionery, biscuits, cakes, table sugar, soft drinks, fruit juice, yogurts, and
some breakfast cereals. Plain milk, natural yogurt, fruit, and vegetables in their natural form
Page 34 of 212

Page 35

contain only natural sugars (intrinsic) and are therefore less harmful to teeth (Mahboubi et al.,
2021).   
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
Universal Children's Vitamin D (ProHealth) - free Vitamin D drops to all infants and children from
birth until their 3rd Birthday. Distribution via health visitors, family nurse, health improvement and
over 100 community venues across Lanarkshire including health centres, libraries and community
partner and 3rd sector groups.  Uptake increased over the years as awareness increases and
through partnership working and learning from tests of change. 2023/24 data table available for all
products (including for pregnancy). 
- CLD deliver Family Learning Groups with a focus on nutrition e.g., Big Chef, Little Chef.
- CLD Family Learning Team delivered workshops in partnership with Specialist Dietitians from ND
service to look at eating challenges with ASD children.
- CLD Family Learning Team delivered Food for Mood Programme in partnership with LCFHP
authority wide.  Funding provided by Bellshill Consortium. 
Number of Nursery Meals Provided (No of children / no of meals served) 
2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
No. of
children
n/a 2,587 5,045 5,200 5,200
Meals served n/a 491,506 958,467 977,600 982,800 
1140 hours Early Learning & Childcare 
In line with the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014, all three to five-year-olds, as
well as some two-year-olds, are entitled up to 1140 hours Early Learning and Childcare. 
Nursery Menu 
Eating well is essential for children in their early years; Setting the Table Guidance (2024)
provides nutritional standards and practical guidance for Early Learning and Childcare
Providers in Scotland. These standards support Facility Support Services to create healthy
meals based on scientific evidence. This guidance ensures that all children in early years’
settings receive nourishing meals, snacks, and drinks to support learning and development. 
Setting the Table Guidance, 2024 
https://www.gov.scot/publications/setting-table-guidance/documents/   
The council nursery menu provides a healthy balanced meal containing a minimum of two
portions of vegetables, one portion of fruit and a glass of water and milk or milk alternatives. 
For further information on the nursery menu, please visit:
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/schools-and-learning/school-meals-0/nursery-school-
menu   
Scottish Milk and Healthy Snack Scheme 
Any child aged five years and under, who attends a registered setting for two hours or more a
day, will be entitled to receive milk and a healthy snack (such as a piece of fruit) for free. 
Page 35 of 212

Page 36

Eligible childcare settings which are registered with the Care Inspectorate, who register for the
new scheme, will receive agreed funding via local authorities to provide cow’s milk (or, where
children cannot drink cow’s milk, a specified alternative) and a portion of fruit or vegetables to
pre-school children who are in registered daycare for two hours or more (Care Inspectorate,
2018). 
Children will receive the milk and healthy snack once a day, even if they attend more than one
setting in a day. Parents and providers will be responsible for discussing how this should be
managed in line with existing arrangements for agreeing division of responsibility for meals,
with the expectation that the first setting that the child attends will provide the milk and snack. 
The Scheme is open to all organisations or individual childminders who meet these
requirements and not just those who work in partnership with the council. This includes
playgroups or other early years organisations that look after young children for more than two
hours a day. 
School Children and Young People  
School Meals in Scotland  
School meals in Scotland were transformed by the Hungry for Success Initiative and the
schools (Health Promotion and Nutrition) Scotland Act 2007. These influential strategies
supported health promotion guidance for local authorities and schools to improve health and
wellbeing. Schools represent one of the best places to educate children around food and health
to promote positive health behaviours in a meaningful way providing opportunities to explore
new tastes and textures of different foods. School can also play a fundamental part in
developing a child’s relationship with food and to understand the broader elements of food and
environment such as the food chain, climate change, economy and health. 
The council recognises that food in school matters - both what children and young people eat
and what they learn about. Over the last few years, Scottish Government have provided
funding to all Scottish Local Authorities to assist with the priority of supporting ways in which
to reduce child poverty across Scotland. Universal Free School Meals are now available for all
Primary 1 – Primary 5 pupils. 
In February 2025, a further investment was undertaken to ensure that all children whose
parents received the Scottish Child Payment benefit also received a universal free school
meal. There has been a massive investment in capital to invest in the infrastructure across
Scottish schools in preparation for the further roll out of Primary 6 and Primary 7 universal free
school meals. At the moment no date has been agreed for this. 
Scottish Government are also operating pilots at the moment in relation to primary school
breakfast and pilots in secondary schools regarding the roll out of UFSM expansion. However,
NLC has also invested to ensure that all primary school children who are entitled to a free
school meals are also entitled to a free breakfast. Again, this is a council initiative to ensure
those children and others who may be living in poverty are receiving all the nutritional benefits
in being provided with a breakfast before starting the school day. The added value to providing
these free nutritional meals ties in with the national goal to reduce child obesity across
Scotland.  
Page 36 of 212

Page 37

School Meals and Health - National Context
The Nutritional Requirements for Food and Drink in Schools (Scotland) Regulations 2020 place
obligations on schools to provide healthy and nutritious food. Local authorities have further
obligations to meet children’s healthcare needs under the Education (Additional Support for
Learning) (Scotland) Act 2004. Children and young people with additional health needs may
require an adapted school menu, such as support for food allergies or diabetes etc. For further
information see Appendix 2: Nursery and School. 
The standards required by the Act are closely linked to the health and wellbeing aspects of
Curriculum for Excellence and place health at the heart of school learning and school life. The
Curriculum for Excellence was launched in 2010 and provides a framework for learning and
teaching including maintaining a holistic approach to health and wellbeing, which also provides
experiences and outcomes for children around food and health.  Better Eating, Better Learning
sets school food in a strategic context and by doing so shows how everyone involved in school
food can have an impact (Scottish Government, 2014 Better Eating Better Learning A New
Context for School Food).   
Beyond the School Gate guidance provides practical advice on how we can work together to
positively influence the food environment outside of schools looking to provide better support
for children and young people, and the wider community, to make healthier choices. 
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) 
The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) is a legally binding
international agreement setting out the civil, political, economic, social, and cultural rights of
every child, regardless of their race, religion or abilities. For further information on the UNCRC,
please refer to APPENDIX 2: NURSERY AND SCHOOL. 
Healthy Schools  
The Healthy Schools approach aims to support children and families to improve their health
and wellbeing. Through a partnership approach designed to build healthy lives within and
beyond the curriculum.  The approach works in several ways. The first part is a teaching
framework that has been developed by NHS Lanarkshire working with North and South
Lanarkshire Education Services. It has been designed specifically to address the need for a
coordinated holistic approach to health and wellbeing education in our schools and early year’s
establishments. 
The Healthy Schools resource has key healthy eating messages embedded across all levels
with appropriate links to quality teaching resources and suggestions for practical activities. 
Care Experience Children, Young People and Young Adults 
Corporate Parents Support  
Care experienced children are likely to have lived through trauma, neglect and poverty. These
experiences might come with higher levels of health inequalities compared to their typically
Page 37 of 212

Page 38

developing counterparts. In terms of food and health children may also have a negative
relationship with food. 
The responsibilities continue to apply until the care leaver reaches their 26th Birthday -
Corporate parents have many of the same roles as parents do. 
Guiding document 
Guidance was taken from Health & Social Care Standards: My Support, My Life. This
document outlines guiding principles and standards in working with care experienced young
people and young adults. There are outlined in the table below: 
Guiding Principles
- Dignity and respect
- Compassion
- Be included
- Response care and
support
- Wellbeing
Guiding Standards 
1. I experience high quality care and support that is right for me. 
2. I am fully involved in all decisions about my care and support. 
3. I have confidence in the people who support and care for me. 
4. I have confidence in the organisation providing my care and
support 
5. I experience a high-quality environment if the organisation
provides the premises.  
For more information on the specific standards, see APPENDIX 3: TRAINING AND
ADULTHOOD. 
School Meals and Health – Nutritional Context 
School Meals in North Lanarkshire Council
Facility Support Services in 2024-25 reviewed both primary and secondary school menus to
ensure all the children’s favourite dishes were incorporate but also ensuring that several new
dishes were supported on the menu. The menu was implemented at the beginning of June
2025 and ran until the end of term to allow feedback and consultation with catering managers,
parents and children. The menu was slightly adapted to incorporate some of the further
suggestions from the children. Please find below links to both primary and secondary menus. 
Primary school menu | North Lanarkshire Council 
Secondary school menu | North Lanarkshire Council 
To find out more about this resource, please see APPENDIX 2: NURSERY AND SCHOOL
(Healthy Schools).
Special Diets
Special or therapeutic diets provide support in managing diagnosed conditions, with the aim
of improving symptoms and preventing further health complications. Depending on the
condition in question, such diets may be either long-term or short-term, but in any case, they
should be monitored by a qualified health professional or dietician. Most prescribed diets are
for conditions such as Type 1 Diabetes, Coeliac Disease, Food Intolerances and/or Food
Allergies. 
Page 38 of 212

Page 39

Food allergies affect approximately 1-10% of the global population. For several reasons,
prevalence levels vary between cohorts and populations (Gupta et al., 2023). Food allergy is
increasing annually and represents a growing problem in industrialised countries such as the
UK. 
The councils Facilities Support Services staff cater for a variety of special dietary needs which
are required for many reasons, including medical, cultural, religious and ethical purposes. The
Service provides an adapted menu to suit an individual child’s needs, such as children with a
milk allergy, require a dairy-free menu or alternatively, children with diabetes require a
carbohydrate-count menu. Facility Support Services have recognised a significant increase in
the number of children, both nursery and school, with allergens and intolerances to food. 
Council services are required to provide for children with different food allergies and special
diets, however, restrictions for some should not result in restrictions for all. Best practice
requires good food-safety procedures and hygiene methods being in place, to minimise risk of
reaction or cross contamination, alongside regular training and update sessions for partners
and staff in this rapidly changing area of dietary provision. 
For more information on special diets see APPENDIX 2: NURSERY AND SCHOOL. 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
- All catering managers within ASN, primary and high school settings with textured and modified
diets underwent Dining with Dignity training.
- All catering staff undertake allergy training (Natasha’s Law).
- All catering staff will either receive REHIS training or Introductory Food Hygiene training (est. 433
catering staff trained per annum)
- FSS provide a training gateway for succession planning for Catering Manager roles (SVQ Kitchen
Skills SCQF Level 5). Approx. 10 staff per annum.
ACTUAL NUMBER OF MEALS SERVED (Free / Paid / Total)
2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
Free 2,087,333 Free 1,068,549 Free 2,289,658 Free 2,702,590 Free 2,829,283
Paid 1,671,406 Paid 545,611 Paid 819,458 Paid 842,047 Paid 971,303
Total 3,758,739 Total 1,614,160 Total 3,109,116 Total 3,544,637 Total 3,800,586 
TOTAL VOLUME OF MEALS SERVED
2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
3,758,739 2,105,666 4,067,583 4,522,237 4,783,386 
NUMBER OF SPECIAL DIETS (Medical Diets)
2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
81 78 312 390 425 
Oral Health (Childsmile)
Childsmile – Improving the oral health of children in Scotland 
Childsmile is a national programme designed to improve the oral health of children in
Scotland and reduce inequalities both in dental health and access to dental services.
Childsmile – Improving the oral health of children in Scotland
Page 39 of 212

Page 40

It is funded by the Scottish Government and has three main elements:
- Toothbrushing
- Community and Practice
- Fluoride Varnish 
Currently nursery establishments and primary schools are taking part in the national Childsmile
Programme to prevent dental disease. Consideration should be given by both catering staff
and teaching staff to help reduce children’s overall access to sugar whilst in the care of
education. The consumption of drinks and snacks containing sugar between meals is a
concern. Staff should reinforce that the only safe drinks for teeth are plain water and milk and
snacks between meals should be sugar free, including those brought from home. 
Although dental decay (caries) is a preventable disease, Scotland still has high levels of tooth
decay.  Appendix 6a and 7 is the % (of people) with no obvious decay experience in permanent
teeth. (Public Health Scotland, 24 October 2023) which shows that there has been progress
made both nationally and in Lanarkshire since 2005, but there remains much work to do. 
National targets are currently set at 75% of Primary 1 children and 80% of Primary 7 children
with no obvious decay experience in permanent teeth by 2024 (The Minister for Public Health
and Women's Health, 2023).  
This means, the targets for Lanarkshire by 2024 are 74.6% for P1 and 74.9% for P7 with no
obvious decay experience in permanent teeth (Minister for Public Health and Women's Health
and Health, Social Care and Sport Committee, 2023).  Although NHS Lanarkshire has already
met the target for P7 (NDIP 2023 P7 detailed report, reported that 77.6% had no obvious decay
experience) (Public Health Scotland, 24 October 2023), there remains an inequalities gap.  
There has been an improvement in the inequality measures, but dental health inequalities
persist. Only 71.9% (49.9% in 2009) of P7 children living in the most deprived quintile have no
obvious decay experience compared to 88.0% (76.2% in 2009) living in the least deprived
quintile (Public Health Scotland, 24 October 2023). 
The percentage of Primary 7 children with no obvious decay experience in permanent teeth
inspections since 2017 in North and South Lanarkshire can be seen in appendix 6b (% with no
obvious decay experience in permanent teeth) (Public Health Scotland, 24 October 2023). 
If the dental health of Scotland’s children and young people is to improve, then a collaborative
preventative approach to reducing tooth decay is required and key oral health messages
should be promoted in a variety of settings. Messages should not only encourage the reduction
in the overall volume of sugar but also a reduction in the frequency of sugar consumption,
brushing twice daily with fluoride toothpaste and regular dental visits, as per Healthier
Scotland's Oral Health Improvement Plan (Scottish Government, 2018 Oral health
improvement plan - gov.scot). 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
NHS (Health Improvement)
The National Dental Inspection Programme (NDIP) reports 2020 - 2023. 
NDIP 2020 P1 report, informed that in school year 2019/20, 72% of P1 children in Lanarkshire had
no obvious dental decay experience (73.5% in Scotland). The report states that 72.4% of P1 children
in North Lanarkshire and 72% of P1 children in South Lanarkshire had no obvious dental decay
experience.  
Page 40 of 212

Page 41

NDIP 2022 P1 report (school year 21/22), stated that due to the COVID-19 public health measures
that were in place until January 2022, it was agreed that dental staff would only undertake a Basic
Primary 1 inspection. 
The main points in NDIP 2022 P1 report and summary report are:
- 73.1% of P1 inspected in 2022 were estimated to have no obvious decay experience. The
experience by board table shows the results for NHS Lanarkshire as 74% of P1 children had no
obvious decay experience.
- The proportion of children estimated to have severe decay or abscess increased from 6.6% in 2020
to 9.7% in 2022.
- Inequalities remain, with 58.4% P1 children in Scotland estimated to have no obvious decay
experience in the most deprived areas (SIMD 1), compared with 85.8% in the least deprived areas
(SIMD 5).
- Lanarkshire is reported to have had an inequalities gap with 61.5% of Primary 1 children in Scotland
estimated to have no obvious decay experience in the most deprived areas (SIMD 1), compared
with 88.6% in the least deprived areas (SIMD 5).  
The NDIP 2023 P7 report, reported that in school year 22/23 77.6% (81.9% in Scotland) of P7 children
in Lanarkshire had no obvious decay experience. The report stated that 77.3% of children in North
Lanarkshire and 78.1% in South Lanarkshire had no obvious decay experience. 
For further information on Childsmile please refer to APPENDIX 2: NURSERY AND SCHOOL.
3. Training and Adulthood
Physical Activity
Staying physically active is one of the absolute best things we can do for our physical and
mental health. It helps to prevent heart disease, strokes, diabetes, and several cancers as well
as playing an important part in helping us maintain a healthy weight and reduces the risk of
developing depression (Chan et la. 2019); Posadzki, et al. 2020) 
Physical activity and sport have a transformative effect on individuals and communities. They
provide opportunities for people to connect with their neighbourhoods and come together in
shared activities which inspire and motivate. Sport and physical activity provide a powerful
means of addressing isolation, building community cohesion and developing confidence
(www.gov.scot/policiesphysical-activity-sport) 
Physical activity is also fundamental to energy balance and weight maintenance. Adequate
physical activity levels can reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease and promote positive
physical and mental health and well-being (NHS, 2024). 
Adults should aim to be active daily. Over a week activity should add up to 150 minutes (2 ½
hours) of moderate intensity activity (Scottish Government, 2019). One way to approach this
is to do 30 minutes over 5 days with an additional 2 strength sessions per week. This is the
same advice for older adults but adding on a flexibility session. 
Children should engage in at least 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous intensity activity every
day (Scottish Government, 2019). 
Page 41 of 212

Page 42

The Council is committed to achieving their strategic physical activity outcome of more people
enjoying the benefits of having a physically active life by increasing participation in community
based physical activity programmes by increasing the uptake of the Active Health Programme,
increasing the number of people referred to exercise referral classes participating in these
classes and increasing Active NL memberships. 
Food and Health within Communities
The promotion of a healthier diet in tandem with increasing levels of physical activity is key to
improving the health of communities and tackling health inequalities within North Lanarkshire
and Scotland. There are a range of national and local initiatives which exist to tackle food
issues in low-income communities including the availability and affordability of healthy food,
shopping skills, cooking skills, and food culture for example LCFHP. Increasing the availability
of healthy food in low-income and rural communities needs to address quality as well as cost,
particularly in terms of fruit and vegetables. Affordability of transport to and from shops and
markets can be just as important as the cost of food itself. Improving cookery skills and
challenging ingrained habits which have led to poor dietary health, are central to community
action. 
In collaboration with partners such as NHS Lanarkshire and LCFHP, the council is committed
to supporting projects which aim to address food poverty and poor diet through community
action.  
This includes:
• Supporting LCFHP to provide fresh fruit and vegetables, as well as deliver a range of
healthy eating activities for children, parents and families.
• Supporting LCFHP to train staff and partners to deliver a range of cooking skills and
nutritional advice sessions targeting low-income groups within community settings across
North Lanarkshire.
• Supporting the work of community cafes, food co-ops and other community food and
health initiatives by, for example, providing kitchen equipment, expert advice and training.
• Providing support for the development of healthy living projects, with improving diet as
their key aim.
• Ensuring diet and nutrition is central to wider plans for social inclusion and community
regeneration. 
The table below outlines the summary of achievements in relation to Training and Adulthood.
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
- Over the 5-year period 2019 to 2024, provision of a range of targeted programmes has
been delivered by North Lanarkshire Leisure Ltd and following a return to North
Lanarkshire Council (Active & Creative Communities) in 2021 which contribute to PHP6 –
‘A Scotland where we will eat well, have a healthy weight and are physically active.
- Active Health, funded through NHS Lanarkshire and Communities Solutions but sitting
within NLC, has provided a consistent and successful programme of activity to connect
and support individuals with a range of low to high-risk health conditions back into physical
activity. Over the 5-year period of the strategy, these programmes have linked 17436
individuals to activities to help maintain a healthy lifestyle while increasing physically
Page 42 of 212

Page 43

activity levels and reducing sedentary behaviours. Additionally, 75408 attendances have
been recorded through the Specialist Health Class programme for high-risk individuals
with long term conditions. Captured within both of these figures are specific areas of work
addressing healthy weight through the Weigh to Go Programme, a Tier 2 programme at a
community level which is part of the Lanarkshire Weight Management Service. This
programme delivers 14 weekly courses looking at changing behaviour, education and
physical activity and operates both on a referral and self-referral basis. 1286 specific
referrals have been processed for W2G over the 5-year period of the strategy. A separate
891 people had ‘Reduce Body Weight’ as a main reason for referral noted on their Active
Health referral Form. Additional Tier 3 support has been offered to Children and Adults
with high BMI levels linking them to intensive dietetic, psychological and personal training
sessions.
- Health improvement referral programme 2021-2024 - Pre COVID this 12-week Nutrition
and exercise programme was introduced it is aimed to tackle prediabetes, high blood
pressure or any other condition that can be improved through a change in diet and regular
exercise. The programme consists of an initial consultation appointment then 3 further face
to face appointments (weight and bodyfat/BMI check) over the course of 12 weeks.
Throughout the programme there is constant diet support through food diaries and check
ins. There is also support into exercise and 6 months free ActiveNL membership included.
- Active NL – there are membership options to support people into physical activity.
Reduced passport to leisure rates for students and people in receipt of benefits, corporate
discounts, over 60s membership (£60 per year) and active teens (£5 per month). Active
NL have several leisure centres and swimming pools and over 700 fitness classes per
week to help support people into physical activity. Customer Journey is included in every
membership, where members are encouraged to book in for a programme to help facilitate
exercise and create a focus in the gym. This programme is followed up and reviewed every
12 weeks. Total health and fitness membership base to date is 30,706 across NLC.
- Slim Start - Weight management class (new for 2024) - Classes are charged per time
and create a group environment. For accountability there are weekly food diaries. The
class uses calorie counting to ensure sustainability and healthy habits.
- Full of Beans (2019-present) - Ran by our sports development department. 10 week
running blocks in community hubs and leisure centres. This is a free programme, and
anybody can attend, it is parent and child participation at set days/times. Each week the
children are encouraged to take part in some exercise then there is a brief talk/discussion
on a nutrition/healthy eating topic, centred around the Eatwell plate. 
4. Work life and Employment
Wellbeing of Employees
North Lanarkshire Council is committed to improving the health and wellbeing of all its
employees, particularly through the promotion of a healthy diet and lifestyle. This will be done
by creating a supportive and healthy work environment, promoting health improvement
initiatives, and providing health benefits for staff.
NLC Cafes will adopt the principles of the Eating Out, Eating Well initiative (Eating Out, Eating
Well).  This will aid the transition to a healthy, sustainable, and affordable balanced diet
throughout all the Council’s hospitality establishments.
Page 43 of 212

Page 44

On-site catering
The main principle of onsite catering is to offer healthy food and drink options. The use of
promotion and marketing activities is adopted to support and encourage healthier eating. 
Further actions and goals are set out in the ‘Café, Coffee and Sandwich Shops - action and
top tips publication’ (PHS, 2024). This sets out clear guidelines on the approach and expected
delivery which include actions already achieved, but also sets out further actions such as
calorific information, sustainable food choices, healthier choices for children, employees, and
the public. 
These principles will become the cornerstones of the menu offerings for NLC catering premises
moving forward. For more information see APPENDIX 4: WORK LIFE AND EMPLOYMENT. 
Summary of Achievements: 2019-20 / 2020-21 / 2021-22 / 2022-23 / 2023-24
- Against our objectives outlined in the 2019 Diet and Nutrition Policy we set out to maintain and
improve on the methodology set out within the 'Healthy Living Award'. All units were set a minimum
of 50% 'Healthy' foods to 'Unhealthy' foods. In most venues, (Civic Centre, Strathclyde Park,
Drumpellier Park, Summerlee Museum, Dalziel Building, Dalziel Pod, Houldsworth Building) all
offered more than the pre-requisite number of 'Healthy' foods and over a quarter of these reduced
fried foods by 100%. 
- Where we serve hot food at minimum of 50% are lower fat, vegetarian or vegan based, and higher
fat foods were added as a 'Daily Special' as a treat. All proteins served within the various
sandwiches and products are the lowest fat available. Vending suppliers that we operate must
supply a strict 50/50 healthy/low fat products to ensure that staff have a balanced choice available
to them. 
5. Retirement and Care
Adults and Older Adults
Social Work Services in North Lanarkshire play a lead role in supporting and safeguarding
communities. Income maximisation and tackling poverty are key strands in the delivery of
social work and social care services across all localities. 
These priorities are integrated into day-to-day practice and service delivery and have a strong
fit with the core values of social work of: 
• Promoting independence
• Self-help and self-reliance 
Equally important and threaded through Adult Services activity is a commitment to strength,
relationship based and trauma-informed practice. 
In North Lanarkshire, NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council have integrated the
planning and delivery of all community health and social care services. Community health,
Page 44 of 212

Page 45

social care and social work functions are delegated to the Integration Joint Board (IJB) by
North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire, through the University Health and Social
Care North Lanarkshire (UHSCNL). 
Community based services include:
• Mental health services
• Adults with disability and long-term
conditions
• Addiction services
• Occupational therapy
• Health and wellbeing improvement
• Care homes
• Adult and Child Protection
• Carers service
• Community care assessment and
planning
• Contracted support services
• Equipment and adaptations, technology
and telecare
• Intermediate care service
• Aspects of housing support
• Day opportunities and day services
• Homecare services
• Children and families’ social work
• Community Justice social work 
The IJB’s Strategic Commissioning Plan for 2023-26 sets out 5 key priorities:  
• Increased focus on prevention, early intervention and tackling inequalities by working with
people and communities  
• Do the right thing first time. 
• Develop and support a workforce for the future. 
• Improve mental health and wellbeing. 
• Support people through a whole family approach    
Page 45 of 212

Page 46

The outcomes the partnership has a duty to deliver are reflected in an agreed set of nine
national Health and Wellbeing Outcomes. These are: 
The IJB’s Strategic Commissioning Plan 2023-2026 plan sets out how community health,
social care and social work functions delegated to the Integration Joint Board by North
Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire will be planned and delivered over the medium
term. 
Older Adults 
North Lanarkshire council follow the Caroline Walker Trust principles for eating well for older
people. The Caroline Waljker Trust is dedicated to the improvement of public health by means
of good food. Established in 1988 to continue the work of Caroline Walker and in particular to
protect the quality of food, it is a charitable trust that has produced several publications, training
materials and computer packages which provide practical guidance on eating well for those
who care for vulnerable people within our society. 
In general, the nutritional requirements of older adults (aged 65 years and over) who are
healthy and active are like those of the adult population (NHS, 2016). However, where people
are subject to ill health, this can lead to a lack of appetite and a reduction in food consumption
that may result in dietary deficiency of certain nutrients. Some long-term illness and treatments
can adversely affect a person’s food intake and lead to older adults becoming undernourished,
requiring them to have diets that are more energy and nutrient dense (WHO, 2024). This
means that the same amount of energy (from fat and carbohydrate), protein, vitamins,
minerals, and trace elements must be provided in a smaller volume of food.   
Page 46 of 212

Page 47

Lunch Clubs 
Older adults are encouraged to live independently in their own homes for as long as they can
safely do so (Age UK, 2024). Community meals, such as those provided by integrated day
services, lunch clubs and home support services are therefore increasingly valuable for
supporting those living at home in older age. 
Many older adults who use Housing and Social Work Services may be undernourished
because of social and economic factors such as poverty and social isolation which in turn can
lead to psychological problems such as depression. It is recognised that there are several
common health problems that can be avoided or improved by the promotion of a healthy diet.
These include coronary heart disease, stroke, osteoporosis, osteomalacia (softening of the
bones), anaemia (floate, iron and B12) diabetes, obesity and constipation (WHO, 2020). A
healthy diet and sufficient levels of physical activity can minimise potential health problems
and can help older adults to recover more quickly from illness. It is also important to ensure
sufficient fluid intake in older adults (approximately 1.5 - 2 litres per day) as this can also assist
in preventing dehydration and constipation (BDA, 2024). 
As mentioned before vitamin D is required for bone health and sunlight helps synthesise this
important vitamin. Older adults who have limited exposure to sunlight (particularly those who
rarely go outside or are fully covered with thick clothes when they do so) may be at risk of
deficiency. In addition, the ability to convert vitamin D to its active form is impaired with ageing
(UK Government, 2012).   
Evidence suggests that the prevalence of malnutrition is higher in older adults in long-term
care, compared to those living at home, because of higher levels of physical and mental ill
health (Scottish Government, 2011). 
Older Adults can be ‘nutritionally vulnerable’ if they: 
• Are undernourished 
• Have unexplained or unintentional weight loss 
• Have physical difficulty eating and/or drinking 
• Have acute or chronic illness affecting appetite and food intake 
• Have cognitive or communication difficulties 
• Have increased nutritional requirements (e.g. due to an injury) 
• Require the texture of food and/or fluid to be modified 
Monitoring progress and setting objectives for 2025/26 – 2029/30
The Eat Well, Be Well Working which comprises of representatives from NHS, third party and
North Lanarkshire Council will meet again by the end of 2025 to set out the objectives for
2025/26 to 2029/30. The current policy is a live working document, when these re agreed by
the group, they will be implemented into the policy and the group will work towards meeting on
a six-monthly basis to monitor progress and ensure the outcomes identified are achievable.
Page 47 of 212

Page 48

The Policy will be reviewed on an annual basis to reflect on any new, changed or adapted
Government legislation and to provide an update on the progress of outcomes in relation to
the following key areas:
1. Pregnancy & Parenthood
2. Nursery & School
3. Training & Adulthood
4. Work life & Employment
5. Retirement & care
The Eat Well Be Well Policy will be shared across all Council services and all, services,
stakeholders and partners will be encouraged to comply with this policy. 
Page 48 of 212

Page 49

Eat Well, Be Well Policy 
Appendices / Further Reading 
Page 49 of 212

Page 50

Appendix 1: Pregnancy & Parenthood 
Nutrition During Pregnancy
During pregnancy, women are advised to avoid certain foods and drinks as they may cause illness or
result in harm to the infant.    
These include: 
• Limit intake of tuna (to no more than 2 fresh tuna steaks or 4 medium-sized cans each week) and
avoid shark, marlin and swordfish. This is due to the levels of toxins and mercury they may contain
which can harm the baby’s developing nervous system. 
• Avoid pate (including vegetable pate), liver and liver products, and certain types of cheese
(Camembert, Brie, soft blue cheeses), raw shellfish, raw and undercooked meat, undercooked
ready meals. Eggs can be eaten provided they have the British Lion stamp. 
• Limit caffeine intake to less than 200 milligrams each day (equivalent to 2 mugs of instant coffee,
2 mugs of tea, 5 cans of cola or 2 cans of ‘energy’ drink) 
• Avoid alcohol completely. 
Alcohol 
Drinking in pregnancy can lead to long-term harm to the baby. The best advice is to NOT drink during
pregnancy as this can lead to brain damage (NHS, 2023). Drinking alcohol passes from the blood
through the placenta to baby and can seriously affect brain development. Baby does not have a fully
developed liver and cannot process alcohol. 
Drinking alcohol during pregnancy increases the risk of miscarriage, premature birth and having a low
birthweight. Drinking during pregnancy can cause your baby to develop a serious life-long condition
called Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD). 
FASD can cause problems with: 
• Learning and behaviour 
• Hyperactivity and impulse control 
• Communication, such as problems with speech 
• Managing emotions and developing social skills 
• Joints, bones, muscles and some organs 
For further information and support please see link: Alcohol and pregnancy | Ready Steady Baby! 
Vitamin supplementation 
Some groups may require special consideration in relation to vitamin supplementation, specifically,
pregnant and breastfeeding women, children and older adults. 
Research indicates that many people in Scotland have low vitamin D levels. The groups who are at
greater risk of vitamin D deficiency and should take a daily supplement of 10 micrograms (μg) (all
year round is the following: 
Page 50 of 212

Page 51

• All babies and young children from birth to 5 years.
• Babies who are fed infant formula will not need vitamin drops unless they
are drinking less than 500ml of formula milk a day, as these products are
fortified with vitamin D.
• All those who are pregnant and breastfeeding.
• People who are not exposed to much sunlight, including those who are
housebound or stay indoors for long periods, those in an institution such
as a care home, and those who cover their skin for cultural reasons.
• People who have darker skin and therefore need to spend longer in the
sun to produce vitamin D.   
NHS Lanarkshire provides free ProHealth Vitamin D supplements to all babies from birth until their
3rd birthday. These can be accessed from their health visitor, family nurse or many community health
settings. 
As well as those most at risk, everyone aged 5 years and over should consider taking a daily
supplement of 10 micrograms (μg) vitamin D, particularly during the winter months October to March
(NHS, 2023). 
Children 
It is recommended that all children from birth to five years of age should receive a daily supplement
of 10μg (400 IU) vitamin D and 233μg vitamin A unless, contrary to recommendations, they are
consuming more than 500ml of formula milk a day3. 
Everyone (children and adults) age 5 years and above should consider taking a daily supplement of
10 micrograms(μg) vitamin D, particularly during the winter months (October – March). Vitamin
supplementation is the responsibility of the child’s parent or carer; however, staff should be aware of
the recommendations in relation to vitamin supplementation in children and can raise awareness and
discuss with parents or carers. 
Important Vitamins and Supplements
The NHS recommend women should take a daily folic acid supplement of 400 micrograms (mcg) per
day when trying to conceive. This is to help prevent neural tube defects (NTDs) such as Spina Bifida
and ideally should be taken at least 3 months before becoming pregnant. These are easily available
in chemists and supermarkets, with no difference between branding and cost. 
Some higher risk groups, those living with obesity, diabetes or epilepsy, may be at higher risk of neural
tube defects and therefore require a higher dose of 5 milligrams (mg) of folic acid (RCOG, 2018). This
requires a prescription therefore should be discussed with their midwife or GP (RCOG, 2018). 
Furthermore, some women may be at a higher risk of NTDs and therefore require a higher dose of 5
milligrams (mg) folic acid, which is obtainable from their GP.    
This includes: 
• Couples where either partner has spina bifida, or a family history of NTD 
• Women that have had a previously affected pregnancy. 
• Women that have diabetes. 
Page 51 of 212

Page 52

• Women taking certain anticonvulsants for epilepsy. 
• Women with coeliac disease or other conditions that affect the absorption of nutrients. 
• Women that are overweight (BMI over 30kg/m2). 
• Women that recently received bariatric surgery. They need to delay pregnancy for 2 years to reduce
the risk of NTDs.  
Vitamin D 
All pregnant and breastfeeding women should take a daily supplement containing 10 micrograms(μg)
of vitamin D, to ensure the mother’s requirements for vitamin D are met and to build adequate foetal
stores for early infancy to ensure optimal bone health.    
Women at greatest risk of vitamin D deficiency include women from ethnic minority groups
(particularly of African, African-Caribbean and South Asian origin) and women who are not exposed
to much sun (for example, women who cover their skin when outside or who spend large amounts of
time indoors). 
Prior to and during pregnancy, women should avoid taking supplements containing vitamin A and fish
liver oil supplements (which contain high levels of vitamin A) as these may be harmful to the growth
and development of the baby. 
Further information on Vitamin D: https://www.gov.scot/publications/vitamin-d-advice-for-parents/ 
Breastfeeding
• Infant health: Breastfeeding protects children from a vast range of illnesses, including infection,
diabetes, asthma, heart disease and obesity, as well as cot death (sudden infant death syndrome) 
• Maternal health: Breastfeeding can reduce the risk of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, and heart
disease 
• Relationship-building: Breastfeeding supports the mother-baby relationship and the mental
health of both baby and mother  
• Worldwide benefits: The benefits are seen in both high- and low-income countries, with a study
published in The Lancet in 2016 finding that increasing breastfeeding rates around the world to
near universal levels could prevent 823,000 annual deaths in children younger than five years and
20,000 annual maternal deaths from breast cancer 
• Cost savings: Due to the significant health benefits of breastfeeding for both mum and infant,
there is a reduction in the requirement of NHS services such as GP consultations and hospital
admissions. This in turn contributes to significant savings for the NHS, with initial breastfeeding
service investments paying off within just a few years (UNICEF, 2016). 
Women are advised to follow general healthy eating advice before and during pregnancy and for the
duration of breastfeeding. There are also specific recommendations on vitamin supplements during
this time.   
Caffeine and breastfeeding:
• Caffeine can reach your baby through your breast milk. Caffeine is a stimulant, if mothers consume
a lot, it may make baby restless and keep them awake. 
• Caffeine occurs naturally in lots of foods and drinks, including coffee, tea and chocolate. It's also
added to some soft drinks and energy drinks, as well as some cold and flu remedies. 
Page 52 of 212

Page 53

• There’s not enough information to say how much caffeine is too much, and babies respond to
caffeine differently. But it’s a good idea to reduce caffeine intake, especially when baby is less than
6 months old. 
If breastfeeding, it’s recommended to have no more than 200mg a day. This may include 1 mug, 1
can or 1 bar of: 
• instant coffee (100mg) 
• filter coffee (140mg) 
• tea (including green tea, which can have the same amount of caffeine as regular tea) (75mg) 
• cola (40mg) 
• energy drink (a 250ml can is 80mg) 
• plain dark chocolate (a 50g bar is less than 25mg) 
• plain milk chocolate (a 50g bar is less than 10mg) 
Pregnant and breastfeeding women are advised to eat a variety of foods, including: 
• Plenty of fruit and vegetables 
• Plenty of starchy foods (especially wholegrain varieties) such as bread, pasta, rice and potatoes 
• Protein such as lean meat and chicken, fish, eggs and pulses 
• Dairy foods such as milk, cheese and yoghurt, or calcium-fortified alternatives 
• At least two portions of fish each week including one of oily fish (however, no more than two
portions of oily fish should be eaten each week, including, fresh tuna, mackerel, sardines and
trout) 
• Foods high in fat, sugar and salt should only be consumed in small amounts and less often (please
see section on ‘Eating well’ on page x for further information). 
Peanuts and breastfeeding 
Eating peanuts or foods containing peanuts, such as peanut butter, while breastfeeding can be
enjoyed as part of a healthy, balanced diet (unless allergic to them). If you have any questions or
concerns about food allergies, you can talk to your GP, midwife or health visitor (NHS 2022).    
Further information can be found at: NHS Food Allergy https://www.nhs.uk/conditions/food-
allergy/  and Infants & new mums — First Steps Nutrition Trust  
Complementary Feeding 
Complementary feeding is the introduction of solid foods to a baby’s diet (also known as weaning)
should take place at around six months, but not before 4 months. Alongside continuing breastfeeding
and/or formula feeding as recommended by the World Health Organisation (WHO, 2024). Solid foods
are gradually introduced to provide adequate nutrition and provide new tastes and textures.
Additionally, variety of textures at age-appropriate levels help develop oral motor skills needed for
speech and language development (Department for Education (DfE), 2024) 
When introducing solids over a period of months, babies can eat generally normal family meals by
their first birthday (Public Heath Scotland, 2024). There are certain foods to avoid before the age of
12 months, for example, honey, due to risk of botulism, and cow’s milk as a drink due to nutritional
imbalances and potential kidney strain. However, a small amount of cow’s milk can be used during
cooking, but only if this is pasteurised and full-fat milk (NHS, 2023).    
Page 53 of 212

Page 54

It is important babies consume energy-dense foods, as they have smaller appetites and generally eat
less at one sitting (WHO 2024). Children under five are therefore likely to require regular meals as
well as healthy snacks (NHS 2023).   
For more information on introduction of solid foods, please visit:   
NHS Health Scotland resource - Fun First Foods https://publichealthscotland.scot/publications/fun-
first-foods-an-easy-guide-to-introducing-solid-foods/   
Ready Steady Baby  www.readysteadybaby.org.uk    
Parent Club What is weaning? | Parent Club 
Appendix 2 - Nursery & School 
The UNCRC (incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024 states that: 
• Article 12 (respect for views of the child): Every child has the right to express their views, feelings
and wishes in all matters affecting them, and to have their views considered and taken seriously.
The right applies at all times including […] the child’s day to day home life. 
• Article 23 (children with disabilities): A child with a disability has the right to live a full and decent
life with dignity and, as far as possible, independence and to play an active part in the community.
Governments must do all they can to support disabled children and their families. 
• Article 24 (health and health services): Every child has the right to the best possible health.
Governments must provide good quality health care, clean water, nutritious food, and a clean
environment and education on health and well-being so that children can stay healthy.  Richer
countries must help poorer countries to achieve this. 
More specifically Article 24 mentions that every child has the right to the best possible health. Local
authorities must provide good quality health care, clean water, nutritious food, and a clean
environment and education on health and well-being so that children can stay healthy. 
Nursery and School (Healthy Schools)
The Healthy Schools resource supports co-ordination across the school and progression throughout
the learner journey from Nursery though to Senior Phase. It brings together GIRFEC principles and
values, as well as eight Wellbeing (SHANARRI) indicators. The United Nations Convention on the
Rights of the Child (UNCRC) has been embedded in this approach since its conception as well as all
Health & Wellbeing Experiences and Outcomes from Curriculum for Excellence. This high-quality
teaching resource is currently being used by the majority of schools across North Lanarkshire. 
The second part of the approach is called Healthy Schools Partnerships and aims to put the child at
the centre of a community context. This extracurricular component acts as a focal point for the creation
of home-school-community links. It facilitates a connected, cohesive, and consistent approach to child
and family Health and Wellbeing (HWB) across learning communities. The Cluster Planning for HWB
has been developed to facilitate seamless partnership work and partner agencies have the
opportunity to offer unifying communal cluster activities that impact on whole communities. Health
Enhancing School Environment is the third part of the approach allowing schools to support and
further enhance the environment in which children and young people grow and develop.  
Page 54 of 212

Page 55

Additional Support Needs 
Healthy Schools resource is constantly being updated and expanded in line with latest advice and
guidance from both education and NHS staff. Recently, specific Additional Support Needs (ASN)
content has been added to the teaching and planning framework. Additionally, healthy lifestyle
pathways are being created between schools and healthy lifestyle services run in the community. This
will allow schools quick and easy access to local services and health professionals who can provide
targeted hands-on support. 
Scottish Ministers have made additional funding available for local government to provide universal
school meals for all children in primary 1 to primary 5, across Scotland, to help ensure every child has
the best possible start in life (Scottish Government, 2024). The council promotes the uptake and
benefits of school meals, particularly free school meals for children in primary 6 to high
school. Additionally, the council ensures school lunch menus are nutritionally analysed and comply
with national nutrient standards (Scottish Government, 2020). 
Special Diets
Medically Prescribed Diets
When devising an adapted menu, the nutrition team within Facility Support Services liaises with NHS
Health Professional and Caregivers as appropriate, to discuss ways of making meals more appetising,
varied and nutritious. 
Consideration is given to carefully planning menus in advance so that the food offered will be suitable
for individual dietary needs and where possible, food provided for special diets aims to continue to
follow healthy eating principles. 
When a medical diet is required, the dietary request form is completed with supporting evidence from
a Dietitian, Speech and Language Therapist, GP or the appropriate Health Professional and sent to
North Lanarkshire’s Facility Support Services. 
Details on the Special Diet Procedures can be found on the North Lanarkshire website: Special Diets 
Food Allergy
Food allergy is where the immune system has an adverse reaction to harmless proteins within food
such as those contained in peanuts for instance. Before developing into an actual food allergy primary
sensitisation needs to occur in the immune response to an allergen. The Immunoglobulin (IgE)-
mediated response to allergic food allergen starts within the environment whereby the allergen gains
access through bodily systems such as oral consumption or (absorption thought the) skin (O'Hehir et
al., 2023). Furthermore, reactions are linked to a range of signs and symptoms that can include skin,
gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts, as well as the cardiovascular system. When the IgE-mediated
allergic response takes place, this is a leading trigger for anaphylactic shock, the onset can occur in
seconds and/or minutes which can be life threatening if untreated (Packi et al., 2023).    
In contrast, when the symptoms are more delayed (appears after two hours and up to a couple of
days) the reaction does not usually involve the production of Ig-E antibodies against a particular food,
but a different type of immune reaction involving other cells of the immune system. These types of
reactions are most frequently gastrointestinal (vomiting, diarrhoea, constipation) and/or skin reactions
(atopic eczema) and are known as non- Ig-E mediated food allergies (BDA, 2021).
Page 55 of 212

Page 56

Food Intolerance 
Food intolerance is where the body finds it hard to digest certain compounds in foods causing
unpleasant reactions such as abdominal pain, bloating, diarrhoea, nausea, headache and fatigue as
well as skin rashes and itching. Unlike food allergies, the immune system is not involved, and the
reaction is not life-threatening. 
The most common food intolerances tend to be to milk and gluten, for example lactose intolerance
which occurs because these individuals have either too little or no lactase which is the enzyme that
helps to digest milk sugar lactose. However, there are many food intolerances with unknown
mechanisms such as intolerance to food additives (BDA, 2021). 
Coeliac Disease 
Coeliac is an autoimmune disease where the immune system attacks a substance found in gluten,
damaging the lining of the small intestine (small bowel). This results in inflammation within the small
intestine and causes malabsorption of nutrients, for example calcium. All these symptoms can be
preventable by following a gluten-free diet. 
Gluten is found in all products containing wheat, barley and rye. Some individuals may also find that
oats can trigger symptoms as well due to cross contamination (NHS, 2023). Some oat milk products
may contain gluten. 
Examples of food products containing gluten:
• Pasta
• Cakes
• Breakfast cereal
• Most breads
• Sauces and gravies 
• Ready meals 
• Process meats may contain gluten such as sausages   
Diabetes  
Diabetes UK is the largest support organisation for people with diabetes. They have an excellent
website and call service where most questions can be answered. 
There are many types of diabetes, however, the most common are Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes.
Management of diabetes can be unique for each individual, based on their diagnosis, stage of the
condition and treatment regime. 
Type 1 Diabetes
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus is also a lifelong autoimmune condition (when a person's immune system
mistakenly attacks their own body cells). This condition can develop at any age. Diabetes occurs
when the pancreas is unable to produce the hormone insulin, which is needed to control glucose by
moving it from the bloodstream into the body's cells to support brain function and moving muscles
(Grasso et al., 2024). Insulin is the key to unlocking the glucose so that a person can function. Without
insulin, blood glucose levels run high causing damage to other systems in the body and cause the
person to become very unwell. All carbohydrate foods provide glucose for energy. 
Page 56 of 212

Page 57

Children and young people with Type 1 Diabetes are required to have insulin injections or an insulin
pump to manage their glucose levels. As part of their care plan, they need to know how many
carbohydrates are in each meal, so their insulin can be matched appropriately. This will be supported
by the family and by a trained health professional. 
Food Safety and Labelling Laws 
14 Allergens
Food businesses and providers need to advise customers if any food they provide contain any of the
listed allergens as an ingredient by food law 2014. 
There are 14 common food allergens including:
• Celery
• Cereals containing gluten (such as wheat, rye, barley, and oats)
• Crustaceans (such as prawns, crabs and lobsters),
• Eggs
• Fish
• Lupin
• Milk
• Molluscs
• Mustard
• Tree Nuts (such as almonds, hazelnuts, walnuts, brazil nuts, cashews, pecans, pistachios and
macadamia nuts)
• Peanuts
• Sesame seeds
• Soya
• Sulphites (if the sulphur dioxide and sulphites are at a concentration of more than ten parts
per million) 
Natasha's Law
The UK Food Information Amendment, also known as Natasha's Law, came into effect on the 1st of
October 2021. Meaning all food businesses are required to provide a list of all ingredients and
allergens in a form of a label for direct sale on the premises. This applies to Catering within North
Lanarkshire Council. 
Cook Safe 
Cook safe is a food safety assurance system in Scotland which helps catering businesses understand
and implement HACCP-based systems. HACCP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point), which
is a widely accepted food safety management system that can easily be adapted to suit all sizes and
types of food businesses (FSS, 2021). 
International Dysphagia Diet Standardisation (IDDSI) and Modified Texture Diets
The International Dysphagia Diet Standardisation Initiative is a global standard with terminology to
describe modified textured foods and thickened liquids. 
Page 57 of 212

Page 58

This global terminology should be used for individuals with dysphagia of all ages in different settings.
The framework aims to improve clinical safety by offering care providers standardised terminology.
This is a standardised framework and contains levels for fluids as well as foods allowing for consistent
terms within one framework. 
The IDDSI framework consists of 8 levels (0-7) (Appendix 10). Levels are identified by text labels,
numbers and colour codes to improve safety and identification. The standardised terminology and
testing methods will allow for consistent approaches throughout different care settings (IDDSI, 2024). 
Additional Support Needs
The Healthy Eating in Schools Supplementary guidance on diet and nutrition for children and young
people with additional support needs (Scottish Government, 2011). Provides support and practical
guidance for all schools and recognises the complex and diverse range of eating and drinking
difficulties that children and young people with additional support needs can encounter. 
For instance, many establishments cater for those who have chewing and swallowing difficulties or
require additional support with eating and drinking and in this scenario, foods are adapted to ensure
they are of an appropriate texture and consistency. 
All food and drinks provision in schools are in accordance with national nutritional standards and these
will be adhered to wherever possible. However, some children that are neurodiverse such as autism
can have unique choices or challenges relating to food that may result in a restrictive diet. In this
instance, the Council will implement reasonable adjustments to support children during the school
meal provision. 
Lifestyle and Religious Diets 
Vegetarians and Vegans
A vegetarian is someone who lives on a diet of grains, pulses, nuts, seeds, vegetables and fruits, with
or without the use of dairy products and eggs. A vegetarian does not eat any meat, poultry, game,
fish, shellfish or crustacea, or slaughter by-products (The Vegan Society, 2024). 
A vegan is someone who eats a plant-based diet free from all animal products, such as meat, animal
milks, eggs, honey and gelatine (The Vegan Society, 2024). North Lanarkshire Council provides a
vegetarian alternative daily in nursery, primary and secondary schools.  
Religious and Cultural Diets
Many individuals have various cultural and religious beliefs which can influence the choice of foods
they eat. 
People following the Muslim faith are only permitted to eat foods that have been slaughtered in the
correct Islamic way (Halal). Meat from pigs and other meat-eating animals is strictly forbidden. Fish,
eggs and dairy foods are permitted; however, cheese should not contain animal rennet. Muslims will
avoid food items thought to contain lard or fat from animals not slaughtered in the correct way (for
example, cakes, biscuits and pastries). Alcohol and gelatine are also forbidden. 
Page 58 of 212

Page 59

People following the Jewish faith will only eat meat which is Kosher. Only meat from cloven hoof
animals may be eaten (beef and lamb), meat from pigs is strictly forbidden. Most Jews will eat eggs
and fish; however, only fish with fins and scales are permitted. Meat and milk foods must be kept
apart when cooking and eating. Cooking and eating utensils for milk and meat are kept separately. 
Most people following the Hindu faith are vegetarian, and many (especially women) avoid eggs. The
cow is sacred and even Hindus who are non-vegetarians will not eat beef. Non-vegetarian Hindus
will eat lamb, pork, chicken and some fish. Staple foods include baked cereal products (chapattis
and breads), rice, pulses, milk, yoghurt and cheese (made without animal rennet). Lard and other
carcass- derived fats are strictly forbidden. 
The Childsmile Community and Practice programme
Childsmile Dental Health Support Workers (DHSWs) in Lanarkshire work closely with health visitors
and Public Health Nurses and General Dental Practices to encourage registration of children with a
dentist from an early age for the delivery of preventive care. 
The Childsmile Community and Practice programme is designed to address oral health inequalities,
through embedding DHSWs within the more disadvantaged communities and offering oral health
support to families with young children, in the family home (NHS Scotland. Healthier Scotland, 2024a). 
Tooth decay is preventable, if Childsmile can support families to remove barriers that prevent daily,
routine, toothbrushing; this can reduce the need to see a dentist.  
Childsmile Toothbrushing Programme (Nurseries and Schools)
Healthy Schools resource has key healthy eating and oral health messages embedded across early
level with appropriate links to quality teaching resources and current health improvement messages
contained in the suggested activities. 
• Support and encourage children to develop good oral health practices by the continued delivery
of the Nursery Toothbrushing Programme (NHS Scotland Healthier Scotland, 2024d). 
• Support children in practicing good oral health routines by continuing toothbrushing activity in
primary schools (NHS Scotland Healthier Scotland, 2024d). 
The toothbrushing programme component of the programme in Lanarkshire is offered to:
• Two-year-old children receiving free place at nursery
• Every three and four-year-old child attending nursery 
• 20% of P1 and P2 classes of schools situated in areas with the highest level of need 
Childsmile Fluoride Varnish Applications 
Fluoride Varnish Applications should be offered at least twice-yearly from the age of two years by
dental practices.  They are safe and an added protection to children’s teeth. 
Lanarkshire Extended Duties Dental Nurses also attend nurseries and schools in disadvantage twice
yearly to apply fluoride varnish.  This is a targeted programme (NHS Scotland Healthier Scotland,
Page 59 of 212

Page 60

2024b).  The fluoride varnish applications received in nursery and school are in addition to fluoride
application offered in dental practices. 
Childsmile Universal Pack Distribution
Every child receives a dental pack and free flow cup at around six months.  This is followed by oral
health packs at eight months, 13 – 15 months and 27 – 30 months. In addition, oral health packs
are provided at age two years, and at ages three and four in nursery, where children receive at least
two dental packs, In Primary 1, at least one dental pack will be distributed to all children (NHS
Scotland Healthier Scotland, 2024c). 
Appendix 3 – Training and Adulthood 
Health & Social Care Standards: My Support, My Life
3.1 Specific Standards 
Standard 1 is most relevant to the policy, which outlines specifically 
1: I experience high quality care and support that is right for me.  
Wellbeing: 
1.33 I can choose suitably presented and healthy meals and snacks, including fresh fruit and
vegetables, and participate in menu planning. 
1.34 If I need help with eating and drinking, this is carried out in a dignified way and my personal
preferences are respected. 
1.35 I can enjoy unhurried snack and mealtimes in as relaxed an atmosphere as possible. 
1.36 If I wish, I can share snacks and meals alongside other people using and working in the service
if appropriate. 
1.37 My meals and snacks meet my cultural and dietary needs, beliefs and preferences. 
1.38 If appropriate, I can choose to make my own meals, snacks and drinks, with support if I need it,
and can choose to grow, cook and eat my own food where possible. 
1.39 I can drink fresh water at all times. 
In striving to meet these standards North Lanarkshire Council will: 
1. Provide at least five portions of a variety of fruit and vegetables every day. 
2. Base meals on potatoes, bread, rice, pasta or other starchy carbohydrates; choosing whole
grain versions were possible. 
3. Have some dairy or dairy alternatives (such as soya drinks); choosing lower fat and lower
sugar options. 
4. Include some beans, pulses, fish, eggs, meat and other proteins (including 2 portions of fish
every week, one of which should be oily). 
5. provide water, fruit juices and smoothies to ensure children, young people and young adults
can maintain hydration and improve vitamin and mineral intake. 
6. provide a choice of unsaturated oils and spreads and eat in small amounts. 
7. Offer support to children, young people and young adults who have known or suspected food
allergies. Or who need to take food before medicine is administered. 
8. provide for religious and cultural considerations including, halal and kosher meal options
where needed. 
Page 60 of 212

Page 61

9. Provision will be made for children, young people and young adults who are vegetarian or
vegan. 
10. offer minimum high-fat processed foods, such as burgers, sausages, chicken nuggets, fish
fingers, pies and pastries. These foods should be served no more than twice per week, and
healthier options should be made available. 
11. Provide healthier snacks and drinks to children, young people and young adults ensuring
crisps, carbonated drinks and confectionery are not purchased unless as part of a planned
outing or activity as a treat.  
12. Ensure services are free from unhealthy vending machine options.  
13. Give consideration to health conditions including eating disorders or food addiction. It is
recognised that difficulties arising from life stresses, such as anorexia, bulimia or being
overweight and obesity may need to be catered for within all services. This is especially so for
residential childcare practitioners and social work colleagues. Workers should consult with a
GP or Registered Dietitian, should they have serious concerns about a young person’s weight
or eating patterns, and where this is part of a multi-agency care plan decision.  
14. Provide children, young people and young adults healthy breakfast options, including cereals
with milk, toast, fruit or pure fruit juice.  
15. Ensure that Traditional breakfasts are grilled where possible to reduce fat content. 
16. Ensure that Food labelling is considered for pre-packaged foods accounting for salt, sugars,
fats, energy and saturated fats. 
17. Encourage young people to share in the social aspect of mealtimes by eating with other young
people and staff, developing good table manners, setting the table, and clearing plates away
following a meal. 
Appendix 4 – Work Life and Employment 
4.1  The following are the menu offerings for NLC catering premises moving forward: 
• A selection of fresh fruit and vegetables.
• Salad, including salad bars, plated/ boxed salads, salad in sandwiches, and as a meal
accompaniment. Low fat salad dressings should always be available.
• Where breakfast is served, wholegrain and low- sugar cereals.
• A variety of brown and wholemeal bread and rolls.
• A non-fried, non-processed alternative to chips, fried or processed potato products.
• Baked potatoes with lower fat fillings.
• Lean protein items in salads and sandwiches, such as lean meat, poultry, fish (including oil-
rich varieties), lower fat cheese.
• A selection of vegetarian options.
• Lower fat dairy products, including semi-skimmed and skimmed milk, low fat yoghurt, and
lower fat cheese (e.g. Edam, mozzarella, cottage, reduced fat cheddar).
• Lower fat spreads and alternatives to sugar (sweeteners).
• Water, milk and pure fruit juice. Where high sugar drinks are available, a sugar-free
alternative should always be offered (free, fresh drinking water should be available to all
staff on a daily basis).
• Lower fat, lower salt varieties of savoury snacks, such as reduced fat crisps, unsalted nuts,
plain crackers, bread sticks.
Page 61 of 212

Page 62

• Alternatives to chocolate and sugar confectionery, including fresh fruit, dried fruit, low fat
yoghurt/ mousse, lower sugar cereal bars, and home baking (scones, pancakes, carrot
cake, and fruit loaf). 
These options which are available in the main NLC council outlets meet the majority of the main
principles of the Eating Out, Eating Well scheme, namely: 
• Increase fruit and vegetables
• Increase fibre
• Increase oil rich fish
• Reduce fat
• Reduce salt
• Reduce sugar
• Action on promotions and availability
• Action on portion size
• Action on calories
• Action on sustainable food
• Code of practice for children’s menus 
Vending Food
Vending machines offer a useful and alternative service point for the provision of food and drinks
within the workplace. Where food vending is available, selling items such as breakfast cereals,
sandwiches and pasta/ salad pots, the above criteria should apply. 
Confectionery
Vending units selling confectionery and crisps are available in many Council workplaces.
Confectionery and crisp provision should be kept to a minimum.
Healthier alternatives should always be available, including, fresh fruit, dried fruit, low fat yoghurt/
mousse, lower sugar cereal bars, lower fat crisps, crackers, unsalted nuts, and seeds. At least 25%
of options within this type of vending unit should be healthier alternatives to confectionery and
standard crisps. 
Drinks
• Plain water (still or sparkling)
• Skimmed or semi-skimmed milk
• Pure fruit juices
• Lower fat yoghurt and milk drinks (with less than 10g sugar per 100ml)
• Still or carbonated soft drinks with less than 0.5 grams of sugar per 100ml (e.g. sugar-free
flavoured water, sugar-free fruit juice drinks, and diet carbonated drinks)
• Herbal/fruit tea
• Tea and coffee (decaffeinated is preferable)
• Combinations of the above 
Any soft drink (still or carbonated) containing more than 0.5 grams of sugar per 100ml should be kept
to a minimum and should only form a maximum of 50% of all drinks vending provision
Page 62 of 212

Page 63

Premises without on-site catering facilities
Many staff work in locations without access to on-site catering facilities. Where possible, these staff
should be provided with appropriate kitchen facilities and utensils to allow them to prepare their own
lunch. This may include a microwave, kettle, toaster, refrigerator, sink, hot and cold water, eating
utensils, and an appropriate dining area. 
Hospitality
Hospitality for staff and visitors is provided by Facility Support Services for business meetings, staff
conferences and corporate events. Healthy options should always be available in such instances.
Hospitality within schools will also follow the principles set out above. 
A healthy eating policy for employees has been developed to provide information to staff about eating
healthily in the workplace (Health and Safety Arrangement Section 35A - Employee Healthy Eating
01 April 2017). This policy can be accessed from MyNL and search for Heathy Eating. 
Work well NL
Work well NL is fully committed to the health and wellbeing of NLC colleagues and to support
colleagues to be at their best, energised, motivated and resilient. It is a digital one stop shop that has
been created to provide NLC council staff with quick and easy access to health and wellbeing
information. Work well NL home page (images below) contains links ranging from health and lifestyle
checks to podiatry to the importance of sleep. 
Private Sector Trading
There are numerous private sector outlets selling foods and drinks throughout North Lanarkshire (for
example, local shops and mobile catering outlets/street traders). Many of these outlets operate within
the vicinity of Council catering units, particularly secondary schools.  
Due to the national and local drive to improve diet, the choice and availability of foods and drinks
provided by some local shops and street traders is a growing concern. 
The Council constantly strives to improve school meals and maximise their uptake by children and
young people, in order that they receive full benefit from healthy and nutritious food provision.
However, the Council is aware that some young people may choose to leave school at lunchtime to
utilise other food outlets, including mobile units and local shops. 
Neighborhoods can play a part in influencing our dietary choices if we are able to increase access to
healthy food and limit access to unhealthy food. Good Places Better Health for Scotland’s Children
(Our Place, 2011) recommends identifying mechanisms to limit the number of fast-food outlets in
neighborhoods.  
Page 63 of 212

Page 64

APPENDIX 5: Achievable outcomes 2019 / 2020 – 2023 / 2024
Pregnancy & Parenthood
Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women Indicators / Policy: 
Pregnant and
Breastfeeding Women
Indicators / Policy
- To reduce the drop off in breastfeeding rates at 6-8 weeks by 10%
by 2025
- Increase uptake of Healthy Start Vouchers (Best Start Foods from
Winter 2019 onwards 
Childsmile / Oral Health Improvement Challenge for 2024
Child Smile / Oral
Health – Oral Health
Improvement
Challenge for 2024
To improve the oral health of Scotland’s children, specifically the
achievement of the national outcomes:
- 75% of P1 children with no signs of dental disease by 2024 (this
requires a ten-percentage point increase on each NHS Boards last
NDIP result).
- 80% of P7 children with no signs of dental disease by 2024 (this
requires a ten-percentage point increase on each NHS Boards last
NDIP result).
That means, the targets for Lanarkshire by 2024 are 74.6% for P1 and
74.9% for P7 (detailed inspection). NHS Lanarkshire has already met
the target for P7 (NDIP 2023 P7 detailed report, reported that 77.6%
had no obvious decay experience).  We need to wait for the 2024 P1
report to be published in October 2024 to see whether we meet the
target for P1.
Childsmile Universal
Pack Distribution
Every Child receives a dental pack and free flow cup at around six
months.  This is followed by oral health packs at eight months, 13 – 15
months and 27 – 30 months. In addition, oral health packs are provided
at age two years, and at ages three and four in nursery, where children
receive at least two dental packs, In Primary 1, at least one dental pack
will be distributed to all children.
Childsmile Community
and practice. Our
Dental Health Support
Workers will visit
family homes to:
- Use a person-centred, empathic method to support families living in
disadvantaged areas to understand the everyday barriers and
facilitators to adopt child, oral health promoting behaviours.
- Develop tailored practical ideas for parents to support behaviour
change. 
- Provide the central link between dentists, the family and the health
visitor/public health nurse.
- Give additional oral health support to children and families most in
need. 
- Additional support will be given to children and families most in need
through home visits, community initiative and primary care dental
service.
Childsmile
Toothbrushing
The Childsmile toothbrushing programme is available in Lanarkshire.
The toothbrushing programme component of the programme is offered
to:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
Page 64 of 212

Page 65

Programme (Nurseries
and Schools)
- Two-year-old children receiving free place at nursery.
- Every three- and four-year-old child attending nursery. 
- 20% of P1 and P2 classes of schools situated in areas with the highest
level of need. In addition, Lanarkshire extended Duties Dental
Nurseries (EDDNs) attend nurseries and schools in disadvantage
twice yearly to apply fluoride varnish.  This is a targeted programme.
Oral Health Promotion - Oral Health awareness sections.
- Oral Health Training for staff internally and externally.
Reducing Oral Health
Inequalities
- Target areas of deprivation to make sure that everyone, no matter
where they live, can have the best oral health.
- Find innovative ways to tackle oral health inequalities in Scotland,
recognising the need to enable people to have more health promoting
behaviours. Improving Information for Patients
- Provision of clear advice for people on dental treatments available,
the location of general dental practices and benefits advice in relation
to dental treatment.
- Raise awareness of National Smile Month & Mouth Cancer Action
Month in the general population using NHSL’s social media platforms.
Meeting the Needs of Specific Priority Populations 
-  Support Homeless or risk of homeless population 
- Support ageing population through community projects
- Provided support to Care experience Children and their families. 
Nursery and School 
Recognising the importance of a well-balanced diet for early years and young children, the Council
will:  
Early Years • Ensure all nurseries meet the National Care Standards: early education and
childcare up to the age of 16. 
• Ensure all nurseries are health promoting, providing a safe and healthy
environment in which children can learn. 
• Ensure all food and drinks provision complies with the NHS ‘Setting the Table’
national nutritional guidance for early years. 
• Deliver training to staff where required, to support the implementation of
nutritional guidance. 
• Through Curriculum for Excellence, support and encourage food activity within
early years to increase children’s familiarity with a variety of foods and raise
awareness of the importance of healthy eating. 
• The Scottish Milk and Healthy Snack Scheme (SMHSS), provide any child aged
five years and under, who attends a registered setting for two hours or more a
day, will be entitled to receive milk and a healthy snack such as a piece of fruit
for free. 
• Improve knowledge of healthy eating by the delivery of free health promotion
sessions to children and their parents/ carers. 
• Support and encourage children to develop good oral health practices by the
continued delivery of the Nursery Tooth Brushing Programme. 
Page 65 of 212

Page 66

• Ensure parents and carers are well informed about food and drinks provision
within the nursery setting. 
In addition, and in recognition of the strategic importance of schools both in ensuring a health
balanced diet and in education on the topic, the Council will:
Early Years • Provide healthy and balance school meals that meet the food and drink
regulations. 
• Promote the uptake of school’s meals especially for those entitled to a free
school meal. 
• Continue to provide a breakfast club service (cereal with milk, toast and fruit) in
all primary schools, ensuring children get the best possible start to the day. 
• Continue to offer a breakfast service in secondary schools 
• Ensure all tuckshop and vending provision in schools complies with national
nutritional standards 
• Ensure pupils and parents/carers are well informed about food and drinks
provision in schools. 
• Provide information to parents and carers on healthy packed lunches for those
who choose to provide children with a packed lunch from home. 
• Continue to develop children’s knowledge of diet and health and provide
opportunities to participate in practical food activity in line with the Curriculum
for Excellence to allow them to make informed choices about the food they eat
and help to establish lifelong eating habits 
In providing for people with special dietary needs, the council will:
• Provide information and training to staff involved in the provision of special diets.
• Consult regularly with those requiring a special diet to ensure provision meets
the needs and expectations of all service users.
• Support schools to implement the nutritional regulations for any child or young
person with a special dietary need or issues related to their additional support
need.
• Ensure all special dietary needs are catered for appropriately. A vegetarian
option will be available daily in schools. 
Recognising the importance of a well-balanced diet for early years and young children, the Council
will: 
Early Years and
Young Children
• Ensure all nurseries meet the National Care Standards: early education
and childcare up to the age of 16. 
• Ensure all nurseries are health promoting, providing a safe and healthy
environment in which children can learn. 
• Ensure all food and drinks provision complies with the NHS ‘Setting the
Table’ national nutritional guidance for early years. 
• Deliver training to staff where required, to support the implementation of
nutritional guidance. 
• Through Curriculum for Excellence, support and encourage food activity
within early years to increase children’s familiarity with a variety of foods
and raise awareness of the importance of healthy eating. 
Page 66 of 212

Page 67

• The Scottish Milk and Healthy Snack Scheme (SMHSS), provide any
child aged five years and under, who attends a registered setting for two
hours or more a day, will be entitled to receive milk and a healthy snack
such as a piece of fruit for free. 
• Improve knowledge of healthy eating by the delivery of free health
promotion sessions to children and their parents/ carers. 
• Support and encourage children to develop good oral health practices by
the continued delivery of the Nursery Tooth Brushing Programme. 
• Ensure parents and carers are well informed about food and drinks
provision within the nursery setting. 
Training & Adulthood
To support adults/older adults the council will:
Adults / older
adults
• Support adults through active health and nutrition advice 
• Provide a healthy balanced lunch club menu 
• Deliver training to staff where required, from appropriate professionals, to
support the implementation of nutritional guidance. 
• Ensure that the food offered to service users is culturally appropriate, well
presented, tailored to suit individual needs and is available in a form and
consistency that ensures a safe and healthy diet. 
• Ensure that appropriate support is available to those requiring assistance
with eating and drinking. 
• Regularly consult with service users regarding food provision, menu
planning, food preferences and ideas for improvement. 
• Serve meals in an inviting and comfortable environment, allowing service
users to enjoy the social aspect of mealtimes. 
• Ensure service users and their relatives receive adequate information
regarding food, drinks and healthy lifestyle provision. 
In collaboration with partners such as NHS Lanarkshire and LCFHP, the council is committed to
supporting projects which aim to address food poverty and poor diet through community action. This
includes:
Adults / older
adults
• Support adults through active health and nutrition advice 
• Provide a healthy balanced lunch club menu 
• Deliver training to staff where required, from appropriate professionals, to
support the implementation of nutritional guidance. 
• Ensure that the food offered to service users is culturally appropriate, well
presented, tailored to suit individual needs and is available in a form and
consistency that ensures a safe and healthy diet. 
• Ensure that appropriate support is available to those requiring assistance
with eating and drinking. 
• Regularly consult with service users regarding food provision, menu
planning, food preferences and ideas for improvement. 
Page 67 of 212

Page 68

• Serve meals in an inviting and comfortable environment, allowing service
users to enjoy the social aspect of mealtimes. 
• Ensure service users and their relatives receive adequate information
regarding food, drinks and healthy lifestyle provision. 
Adults / older
adults
• Supporting LCFHP to provide fresh fruit and vegetables, as well as deliver
a range of healthy eating activities for children, parents and families.
• Supporting LCFHP to train staff and partners to deliver a range of cooking
skills and nutritional advice sessions targeting low-income groups within
community settings across North Lanarkshire.
• Supporting the work of community cafes, food co-ops and other community
food and health initiatives by, for example, providing kitchen equipment,
expert advice and training.
• Providing support for the development of healthy living projects, with
improving diet as their key aim.
• Ensuring diet and nutrition is central to wider plans for social inclusion and
community regeneration.  
The Council is committed to achieving their strategic physical activity outcome of more people
enjoying the benefits of having a physically active life by increasing participation in community based
physical activity programmes by increasing the uptake of the Active Health Programme, increasing
the number of people referred to exercise referral classes participating in these classes and increasing
Active NL memberships. 
Worklife and Employment
To promote the Health and Wellbeing of Council Employees, the Council and partners will:
Council
Employees
• Continue to promote health improvement and healthy eating within the
workplace via commitment to the Healthy Working Lives agenda.
• Ensure healthy eating principles are embedded in all staff restaurants and
establishments open to the public including country parks, public libraries
and leisure facilities, making sure a variety of healthy options are available
daily.
• Offer healthy options within all vending facilities.
• Ensure customers can easily identify healthy options.
• Ensure healthy options are promoted and competitively priced to
encourage take up.
• Maintain and work towards the principles of the Eating Out, Eating Well
scheme in each of the establishments.
• Ensure that sufficient information is provided to staff in relation to diet and
nutrition, particularly to those without access to on-site catering facilities
through visual aids and posters from this publication.
• Ensure, where possible, that staff without on-site catering facilities have
access to appropriate kitchen facilities, equipment and utensils with which
they can prepare their own lunch. 
Page 68 of 212

Page 69

Retirement and Care
Older adults To support adults/older adults the council will: 
• Support adults through active health and nutrition advice 
• Provide a healthy balanced lunch club menu 
• Deliver training to staff where required, from appropriate professionals, to
support the implementation of nutritional guidance. 
• Ensure that the food offered to service users is culturally appropriate, well
presented, tailored to suit individual needs and is available in a form and
consistency that ensures a safe and healthy diet. 
• Ensure that appropriate support is available to those requiring assistance
with eating and drinking. 
• Regularly consult with service users regarding food provision, menu
planning, food preferences and ideas for improvement. 
• Serve meals in an inviting and comfortable environment, allowing service
users to enjoy the social aspect of mealtimes. 
• Ensure service users and their relatives receive adequate information
regarding food, drinks and healthy lifestyle provision. 
Page 69 of 212

Page 70

Page 70 of 212

Page 71

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref    FW/LS Date 25/09/25 
Brighter Futures Progress Update 
From  Fiona Whittaker, Chief Officer (People Resources)  
E-mail whittakerf@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07973 728628 
Executive Summary
Brighter Futures is embedded within The Plan for North Lanarkshire. It focusses on
leveraging the combined activities of various services to create a joined-up approach to
improving the life outcomes of children, young people and families and to support the
growth and sustainability of businesses across the region.   
Five key themes exist within Brighter Futures; NL Academies, Curricular Pathways,
Employability and CLD, Volunteering and Entrepreneurship, all of which contribute to
delivering for North Lanarkshire people and businesses and towards several of the
council’s health check indicators as detailed in sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this report. Key
highlights achieved to date include: 
• 1544 residents supported via NL Academies funded programmes to provide jobs,
upskilling opportunities and attraction activities to key sectors within North
Lanarkshire.
• 100 supported employment candidates entered employment.
• 8714 distinct leaners supported via CLD. 
• 1038 national qualifications achieved by adults via CLD.
• 17 new minority ethnic businesses started.
• 98 minority ethnic businesses receiving non-financial support.
• 304 start-up businesses supported
• 5,698 hours of bookings within the HIVE 
• 82 social enterprises supported.
• 67 businesses accredited to the Employer Charter with 34 currently being assessed.
• North Lanarkshire Council’s Social Value Framework under development to enhance
the return on procurement.
• Opportunities for volunteering expanded within education and within services and
training opportunities provided for volunteers. 
Going forward Brighter Futures will continue to deliver towards the Plan for North
Lanarkshire’s ambitions and outcomes in creating opportunities, maximising growth,
leveraging resources, providing pathways and supporting the labour market. 
This report describes the consolidated activity being progressed under the Brighter Futures
Delivery Framework’s strategic aims from start of the Programme of Work to date. 
Item 4
Page 71 of 212

Page 72

1. Background 
1.1 Brighter Futures is one of the seven Programmes of Work (PoW) established to support
the Plan for North Lanarkshire. The Brighter Futures Delivery Framework is in place to
ensure alignment and interconnectedness towards achieving the aims of Brighter
Futures. A description of the contents of the framework are shown in figure 1 with more
detail on the deliverables aligned to the strategic aims in appendix 1. 
Figure 1 – Brighter Futures Delivery Framework 
1.2 The five strategic aims of Brighter Futures are shown in figure 2. Five themes are in place
and now established to progress deliverables and activities towards achieving the
strategic aims. Going forward, the focus is to continue to deliver against the priorities of
Brighter Futures, in ensuring alignment towards demand in priority sectors, building
capacity to support The Plan for North Lanarkshire, establishing scalable pathways,
programmes and activities and continuing to build strong partnerships to increase impact
and create joint funding opportunities. These priorities are now in place and going
forward the focus will be on enhancing partnerships, scaling up activity and increasing
the numbers of people and businesses benefitting from this programme. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy committee: 
(1) Endorse and approve the contents of this report, the progress made and next steps. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  Improve North Lanarkshire's resource base
Ambition statement (23) Build a workforce for the future capable of delivering on our
priorities and shared ambition
Programme of Work Brighter Futures
Page 72 of 212

Page 73

Figure 2 – Brighter Futures Strategic Aims
2. Report 
2.1 Activity across the Brighter Futures PoW to date has impacted upon several of the 28
Health Check Indicators (HCI) as show in figure 3. 
Figure 3 – Health Check Indicators relevant to Brighter Futures 
2.2 5 of the 8 identified HCI’s relevant to Brighter Futures have improved over the course of
the Plan for North Lanarkshire, with 3 showing room for improvement.  Positively, recent
data has shown a further improvement in C20 (percentage of working age people (aged
16-64 years) claiming one or more of the key benefits) this is now on par with the Scottish
average and lower than the UK average of 4.1%. North Lanarkshire’s claimant rate has
been consistently higher than the Scottish average every month since January 2008,
therefore this recent data showing the rate being on par is significant. In terms of C21 -
% of the working age population (aged 16-64) that have no formal qualifications, the
recent census data provided a deeper insight into the age breakdown of those without
qualifications. As suspected the data shows that the profile is very much a generational
issue, with by far the highest proportion in the over 50’s age bracket – see figure 4.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Page 73 of 212

Page 74

Activities led by Brighter Futures under the Employability theme, Community Learning
and Development (CLD) and NL Academies target this demographic from a
qualification’s perspective, but this impact will be limited. It is therefore key that we
continue to focus activity on the preceding age brackets to prevent a similar picture from
arising in future. 
Figure 4 – census data on qualifications by age group 
2.3 The content in the remainder of section 2 of this report details activity and successes
aligned to the Brighter Futures strategic aims which have contributed to improvement in
the HCI’s and describes activity to tackle those still requiring improvement. 
Strategic Aim 1 
2.4 Creating opportunities for young people and the wider community and connecting them
to employment 
NL Academies 
2.5 NL Academies work closely with businesses and partners in industry sectors such as the
built environment, health and social care and digital to create innovative but viable
pathways to employment, boosting jobs and economic growth. 
2.6 The team lead on various projects such as external summer placements, skills training
for young people giving them job ready skills to access growth industries, and
opportunities for adults in North Lanarkshire to enter training and finish with a well-paid
job in a growing industry. Table 1 shows examples of projects delivered by NL
Academies, funded via UK Shared Prosperity Funding (UKSPF) or via social value. 
Page 74 of 212

Page 75

Table 1 – NL Academies projects and residents supported 
Built Environment Academy 
Project Description No. of NL
residents
supported
SP Energy Networks –
Adult Craft
Apprenticeships –
Year 1 and 2 
SP Energy Networks –
Overhead Line
Inspectors 
Funding provided to SP Energy Networks (SPEN) and their Supply Chain
Partners to permanently employ up to 15 North Lanarkshire residents, to
train them via their Adult Craft Apprenticeship programme and continue their
employment beyond completion of the training into LV Cable Jointer roles
with salary prospects circa £35k/40k pa. 
Funding provided to SPEN to permanently employ three North Lanarkshire
residents, into Overhead Line Inspector roles and to train them accordingly. 
11 
3
BE-ST – Low Carbon
Learning 
Young learners undertaking Foundation Apprenticeships, or who are
interested in the Built Environment - provision of workshops suitable for
aspiring young people with an interest in the sector.  The sessions cover
retrofit, Passivhaus, digital construction and modern methods of
construction. 
Teacher focussed event delivering similar content to above. 
162 
11
Future In
Construction 
This programme is designed to support anyone aged 16+ from North
Lanarkshire to take their first steps into Construction and gain real work
experience. 
41
BE-ST Next Gen
Summit 
S1 pupils participated in this hands-on experience in sustainable design,
aiming to inspire the next generation toward careers in a net-zero carbon
built environment. The event featured an Eco School Project by education
programme creators ‘Class of Your Own’ integrating the Design, Engineer,
Construct curriculum with a focus on sustainability. Pupils worked in teams,
taking on real-world roles such as surveyor, director, and architect to design
environmentally friendly, energy-efficient school buildings. 
172
Build Your Future  Aimed at S2 and S3 pupils Build Your Future provides young people with the
insight, knowledge and skills they need to develop their awareness and
experience of Construction and the Built Environment. Through a mixture of
skills masterclasses and re-purposing design challenges, young people are
given the opportunity to explore place making and get hands on with skills
demonstrations across a variety of trades. 
140 
Digital Academy 
Project Description No. of NL
residents
supported
Digital Youth
Academy - Cohort 1
and 2 
ASN Programme in
conjunction with No
Limits 
This programme provided 2 bootcamps over a 4-week period for 16–24-year-
olds. The bootcamps completed were “Business” and “Digital Skills” for
young people with no or basic IT skills where they learned problem solving,
PC passport, office systems user, introduction to digital marketing, web skills,
creative content skills and CV building and preparing for interviews. 
Candidates were supported to find apprenticeship opportunities following
completed of the bootcamps. 
A specific programme was delivered to extend the NLC/QA Digital Youth
Academy to a group of young people with additional support needs who were
participating in the council’s No Limits programme via the Supported
Employment team. The programme was specifically tailored to the digital
needs of the participants in a fun and creative learning environment and
provided opportunities in both digital and life skills. 
47 
11
Page 75 of 212

Page 76

Digital Labs  Flexible, community-based, ‘Digital Labs’ have been set up by the libraries
and CLD teams across North Lanarkshire to provide local adults aged 16+
with the relevant skills, confidence, and motivation to get online. 
Funded to date by the NL Digital Academy, support is given to those who
currently have no digital device of their own as well as those who need
support with an existing device. Learners are being supported to drop-in to
their local ‘Lab’ to learn how to use tablets, laptops, and smartphones
through both Public Access Computing (PAC) and ‘bring your own device’
(BYOD) approaches. As Digital Labs does not require a fixed suite of
computers, staff are able to respond quickly to local and individual demands. 
829 
Care Academy 
Project Description No. of NL
residents
supported
Trainee Social Worker
Programme 
The programme offers existing staff the opportunity to study with the Open
University to gain a BA (Hons) in Social Work whilst continuing to work for
the council in several rotational placements giving them access to a wide
range of meaningful, challenging and supportive situations. This programme
is currently running with 9 staff who are training to become fully qualified
Social Workers. 
8
Equalities
Recruitment 
Identification of target groups via the NLC Resettlement team and Cllr Khan
(Equalities champion) – modified recruitment process leading to recruitment
of 33 employees from Ukrainian / Congolese backgrounds. 
33 
Cross cutting activity 
Project Description No. of NL
residents
supported
Summer Placement
Programme (external
placements within
industry) 
This programme provided young people of North Lanarkshire the opportunity
to learn new skills, develop existing skills and earn money whilst gaining vital
work experience during school summer holidays. 
The students from local high schools, priority groups and New College
Lanarkshire were given the opportunity to gain hands-on experience working
across a range of employment sectors. External placements in 2024
spanned key industries including the Built Environment, Health & Social Care
and Digital Technology, with students working with external construction
companies and NHS Lanarkshire.   
Students who embarked on built environment placements, were supported
to gain a Green Labourer CSCS Card. and towards the end of placement, all
students attended a “My Skills My Future” workshop.   
To acknowledge the success of the programme and achievements of all
students (internal and external), a celebration event was held at the
Ravenscraig Regional Sports Facility on the last day of placement.  Over 300
people were in attendance including students, their managers,
parents/guardians and external contractors and businesses.   
In 2025, 53 external placements are taking place across various sectors
(built environment, digital, automotive, political, nursing, podiatry,
occupational therapy, NHS Admin and care). 
2024 – 23 
2025 - 53   
Total residents supported via NL Academies funded programmes  1544 
Curricular Pathways 
2.7 The Curricular Pathways theme provides inventive and achievable opportunities for
children and young people (3-18) to thrive through individual learning and training
Page 76 of 212

Page 77

pathways, so they develop real-world job talent and invaluable life skills from day
one. This will give them the skills, knowledge, and confidence to successfully transition
to further education, training or employment. This theme shapes innovative employment
pathways and maximise key industry growth sectors to boost North Lanarkshire’s
economy. 
2.8 Key achievements to date towards this strategic aim are detailed in table 2: 
Table 2 – curricular pathways deliverables and activity 
Expand pathways and
progression routes 
Senior phase leadership academy launched. 
A catalogue of wider achievement presented to Head
Teachers and issued to all schools. 
Vocational education brochure published and standardised
timetable produced.
Grow full range of school
vocational pathways for key
industry sectors in the Built
Environment, STEM, Health and
Social Care and Digital 
Renovation of Snap Dragon restaurant and commercial
kitchen. 
Development, growth and expansion of the Bellshill Academy
construction campus.
Advance equalities within
curriculum pathways 3-18 years
Developing the Young Workforce taskforce established and
review and self-evaluation underway. 
Positive Destination Manager, 5 Pathways Support Teachers
and 2 Job Coaches in place and funded by UKSPF.
Map, develop and implement
play-based approaches in early
years to develop a full play-
based learning offer
New Education Support Officers established to develop play
and enquiry based pedagogical approaches. 
Collaborations and partnerships in place with Play Scotland,
Education Scotland and 26-member working group piloting
audits and sharing best practice. 
2.9 Future plans within this theme include enhancing the monitoring system for wider
achievements, repurposing of “The Bungalow” to create a skills for learning, life and
workspace for young people with additional support needs and to progress the young
people’s pathways to care workstream under the Care Academy Steering Group. 
2.10 Within Vocational Education, next session young people will have access to a wide range
of Industry Recognised Awards and Qualifications linked to the creation of 5 industry led
pathways that will develop and expand activity in line with labour market intelligence for
the North Lanarkshire area. The focus will be on growth employment sectors and sectors
with predicted skills shortages. 
2.11 These awards and qualifications will cover all activity from L3/4 to L7 which includes -
vocational programmes, wider achievement, FA's and HNC's being delivered in
partnership with Higher and Further Education establishments, training providers,
schools, and employers. We will continue to develop and grow these pathways to ensure
all young people have access at the required level and have opportunity on exit point of
their choice e.g. FE, HE, employment or further training and will link closely with North
Lanarkshire recruitment and NL Academies to align with MA/GA recruitment, the highly
successful Summer Placement Programme and other entry level opportunities. 
Page 77 of 212

Page 78

Table 3 – Industry led pathways 
INDUSTRY LED PATHWAY
Construction L4 Auto
Mechanic
L5
Construction
L6
Engineering
FA Civil
Engineering
HNC CADD HNC
Construction
Managemen
t
Health/Care L4 Healthcare L5 Early
Years &
Childcare
L6 Dental L6 Fitness,
Health &
exercise
FA Children &
Young People
FA
Healthcare
HNC Social
Services
IT/Business
Support
L6 Business
Skills
L6 Intro to
Scots Law
L6
Engineering
L6 Cyber
Security
FA Software
Development
HNC
Business
Skills
HNC Cyber
Security
Creative L4
Photography
L4 Creative
Industries
L5 Social
Media
Branding
Bootcamp
L6 Music
Technology
FA Creative &
Digital Media    
Other L4 Hospitality L5 Hospitality L4
Hairdressing
L4 Beauty L5
Hairdressing
L5 Beauty HNC Social
Sciences 
2.12 In addition to these Industry Recognised Awards and Qualifications, young people will
have access to a vast range of nationally recognised Wider Achievement awards linked
to developing their skills and qualities for the World of Work. These awards will be
tracked and monitored alongside national qualifications. 
2.13 During 2025-2028, to enhance the quality of these learning experiences, there will be a
focus on developing bespoke vocational spaces in schools and establishments in key
labour market sectors e.g. built environment, hospitality and any others we think are
relevant. Delivery of these awards and qualifications has largely been offered in S5 and
S6, these offers will now be introduced at an earlier stage in a young person’s learner
journey, particularly for those young people at greatest risk of leaving school with few or
no qualifications and the negative impact of long-term unemployment. 
2.14 An evaluation of work-related learning and employability within the curriculum in period
2022-2025 saw our best school leaver statistics with 94.7% entering a positive
destination with higher and further education increasing to 68.4% employment to 24.3%
and the number of ‘unknown’ destinations decreasing. Our annual participation measure
was 92.8% - our highest percentage achieved since the measure was introduced in
2017. 
2.15 A multi-agency and cross council Developing the Young Workforce Taskforce was
established and continues to support schools and families with those young people with
multiple barriers and most at risk of entering a negative post-school destination. UKSPF
afforded us the opportunity to recruit 5 Pathways Support Teachers to support the work
of our Pathways Team and Virtual School as well as a Post School Destinations Project
Manager. 
2.16 The DYW Delivery Plan for 2025-2028 will be published and launched in August 2025. 
Employability 
2.17 Specialist Supported Employment services continue to work with around 200 residents
per annum who have significant disabilities with 100 entering employment, mainly in the
private sector, each year and over 80% of these clients sustain their employment. 
2.18 In addition, there are specialist services for up to 16 young people aged 16-19 per year
who have additional support needs and are in the process of moving from school to the
labour market. The No Limits project supports them in this transition and offers long term
Page 78 of 212

Page 79

paid work placements of up to 12 months. Similarly, the Roots project offers the same
support for up to 16 young people aged 16-26 who are care experienced.   
2.19 Through its partnership with New College Lanarkshire and NHS Lanarkshire the council
delivers Project Search which provides training and work placements for 15 young
people aged 19-24 within Monklands and Wishaw Hospitals with routes into jobs in the
portering, administration and clinical support roles. 
2.20 NL Industries is in the process of increasing its incomes from the additional businesses
generated by the development of community hubs and the significant capital investment
going into North Lanarkshire projects. This coincides with a change planned in its
workforce. As its current long-term employees with disabilities retire some of the places
will be used to provide training for supported employment clients on a temporary basis
before moving them into long term employment with a start to this in 2025/26. 
2.21 The Community Learning and Development (CLD) team works to improve life chances
for children, young people, adults, and families through learning, with a particular focus
on engaging learners from more vulnerable communities. During the 2024-25 reporting
year, the CLD team worked directly with 8714 distinct learners (i.e. each learner counted
once regardless of how many times they engaged with the service). Of these learners,
1195 were aged 7 or under, 3779 were aged 8-15 and 3740 were aged 16 or over. 
2.22 CLD provision is targeted using Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) data,
although engagement is not confined solely to these data zones as deprivation and a
lack of life chances can affect people wherever they live. Approximately 33% of North
Lanarkshire residents live in areas classed by the SIMD as being in the most deprived
20% of data zones in Scotland (SIMD 1 & 2). Of the learners that CLD has engaged with
over the past year, 44% of 0–7-year-olds, 41% of 8–15-year-olds and 44% of those aged
16 and over lived in SIMD 1 & 2 data zones. In total, 43% of CLD learners were from
SIMD 1 & 2 (i.e. higher than the 33% baseline due to targeting). 
2.23 As a result of CLD provision, 1038 national qualifications, including 939 SQA units, were
achieved by adults, aged 16 and over, during 2024-25. In addition to bespoke SQA
programmes around employability, personal development, English for Speakers of Other
Languages (ESOL), etc., the CLD team has a strong focus on providing basic core skills.
During 2024/25, participants took part in SQA registered core skills courses such as
communication (69 learners), numeracy (340 learners), IT (182 learners), working with
others (34 learners) and problem solving (30 learners). 
2.24 Through CLD programmes targeted at young people, a further 205 SQA units and
awards were completed by under 16s in addition to those above. These SQA awards
included volunteering, employability and working with others. In addition to SQA awards,
a total of 2022 Youth Accredited Learning Awards (such as Duke of Edinburgh’s Awards,
Outdoor Discovery Awards and Dynamic Youth Awards) were also achieved through
CLD programmes. Across all local D of E centres in 2024/25, a total of 10,059
volunteering hours were generated by young people with a social value of £64,293. 
Entrepreneurship 
2.25 Support for under-represented groups has been implemented with outcomes contained
within figure 5. 
Page 79 of 212

Page 80

Figure 5 – business engagement support for under-represented groups 
2.26 Linking entrepreneurial activity to the education curriculum is a key deliverable within this
strategic aim. The key achievements in the academic year to June 2025 included: 
• Enterprise Pathway 2024-2025 School Information Pack – issued to all schools
containing partner offerings.
• Enterprise Celebration Week took place on 9th September 2024 with enterprise
resources posted for schools to use.
• 74 Schools (up from 54 in previous year) received a NLC Enterprising Schools
Award for their 2024-2025 enterprise activities with 8,336 pupil engagements. 
• All 23 secondary schools engaged in an enterprise activity (up from last year); 54
primary schools engaged (same as last year) and 3 ASN Schools engaged (up 1
from last year) 
• 18 financial education workshops were delivered by Young Enterprise Scotland
• 17 schools received a Social Enterprise Schools Award 
• Dragons’ Lair – 23 S3 teams took part in the 2024 competition with 6 teams reaching
the final to pitch their ideas to a panel of local businesspeople. The winner was a
pupil from Cardinal Newman High
• 3 S4 Pupils from Cumbernauld Academy won the Kings Trust Award for Scotland
for an app they had developed and presented their project during Enterprise
Celebration Week 2024. 
Strategic Aim 2 
2.27 Maximise growth and meet the needs of North Lanarkshire’s employers and key sectors 
NL Academies - employer engagement, partnership working and enhancing equalities 
2.28 NL Academies has created partnerships with employers in industry through the formation
and progress within the Built Environment Sector Board and Care Academy Steering
Group and have created an enhanced approach to realising social value across the
council’s procurement activity. 
2.29 The Built Environment Sector Board’s purpose is to scope, direct and commission plans
and activities to engage and mobilise sector and wider skills and education provider                                       
Page 80 of 212

Page 81

landscape across North Lanarkshire to work in partnership to tackle known, and yet to
be identified skills and workforce gaps. The Board plays a key role in shaping the work,
future direction and growth of the Built Environment Academy through agreeing key
industry gaps at a local level; commissioning relevant employment and training activities;
agreeing existing and new pathway priorities; developing new and innovative solutions
and partnerships; driving industry collaboration and engagement and brokering joint
approaches to funding. 
2.30 The Built Environment Sector Board is progressing 3 priorities: 
• Demand research into the specific skills and workforce requirements in the industry.
• The creation of a Youth Engagement Strategy attracting young people, including
underrepresented groups into the industry.
• The formation of the North Lanarkshire Built Environment Academy. 
2.31 The pan-Lanarkshire Care Academy has been created to respond to opportunities
arising from workforce challenges (and future demand) which exist within the Health and
Social Care Partnerships across Lanarkshire. The partnership aims to formalise working
relationships between the councils (NLC and SLC), NHS Lanarkshire and partners such
that there is a process in place for identifying, defining, and progressing potential
opportunities for engagement through collaboration. 
2.32 The Care Academy Steering Group is progressing 5 workstreams: 
• Attraction, recruitment, retention and wellbeing.
• Young people’s pathways to care.
o Includes the creation of the first collaborative apprenticeship with NHS
Lanarkshire aligned to workforce needs and gaps, commencing Summer 2025
and the alignment of the Modern Apprentice rate of pay to Fair Work First
principles.
• Adult pathways to care – including employability activity.
• Funding / Procurement – including Community Wealth Building.
• Communications – website, branding, a place for reference and future comms. 
2.33 Enhancing digital employer engagement towards developing the Digital Academy will be
progressed throughout 2025/26. Targeted “Digital Bootcamps” have been delivered
using UKSPF monies in 2023/24 and 2024/25 which focused on young people aged 16+
with a dedicated programme providing additionality to the ASN “No Limits” programme.
Scoping activity is underway to identify where skills gaps exist in the digital world and
whilst UKSPF has significantly reduced, explore options for adding value in the digital
sector in North Lanarkshire. 
Strategic aim 3 
2.34 Fully leveraging all resources and seeking opportunity to grow resources and funding 
Social value 
2.35 Increased integration and alignment of social value with the Plan for North Lanarkshire
is critical to our ability to deliver our goals in several areas and can bring significant
further opportunities. 
2.36 Whilst it is recognised that North Lanarkshire Council is committed to maximising social
value, there is an opportunity to gain further value from the businesses we engage with
Page 81 of 212

Page 82

and from the contracts we procure. The council’s capital investment programme along
with the Enterprise Contracts provide significant opportunities to maximise the benefits
delivered via social value. It is important that existing positive arrangements are
maximised, integrated, and align with any new developments. It should also be
recognised that it is essential that the social value benefits which contracts seek to
maximise deliver the best value as they do come at a cost within the wider contract
value. 
2.37 To support this ambition, a North Lanarkshire Social Value Framework is under
development, led by the NL Academies team, and will be implemented across the council
and embedded into future procurement contracts. An update to committee is scheduled
for cycle 4 2025. 
Employability 
2.38 The North Lanarkshire Local Employability Partnership (NLLEP) is chaired by North
Lanarkshire Council and was established in 2020 to support the alignment of local
employability partners, remove duplication and provide more opportunities for
partnership delivery of projects. It also acts as the key mechanism for discussing,
allocating and monitoring No-One Left Behind (NOLB) grants to third sector providers
across North Lanarkshire that deliver employability support. There are established
referral processes for DWP to refer their economically inactive and unemployed clients
for support from NLLEP stakeholders which is managed by the council to ensure
residents get support as quickly as possible. Key partners include DWP, NHS
Lanarkshire, New College Lanarkshire and the council’s CLD, Tackling Poverty and
Enterprise teams. 
2.39 The NLC Employer Charter has become the latest vehicle for aligning local employers
with our Fair Work Agenda. The Employer Charter was designed to maintain and support
a network of employers across North Lanarkshire, to engage and influence local
employers to work fairly and responsibly and to formally acknowledge those employers
that already work in a such a manner. At its core the Employer Charter is an employer
accreditation scheme, developed to drive forward improvements across North
Lanarkshire’s labour market, benefiting employers, employees and the local community
and with accreditation assessed objectively on four core areas. 
2.40 The scheme membership is free and open to businesses of all sizes within North
Lanarkshire and to those out with the local authority area that contribute to the local
community and economy. At this point there are 67 businesses accredited with 34
applicants being assessed. A first networking event, bringing these businesses together,
was held in April 2025 and another is planned for September 2025 which will have a
theme of supporting local employers to work with our schools and in developing the
young workforce. 
2.41 Supported by external funding (UKSPF), the CLD team’s Sum It Up programme,
provides core numeracy skills and qualifications to improve employability prospects. A
variety of numeracy opportunities have been provided across all nine Community Board
areas, in particular to learners facing multiple barriers and disabilities. These
opportunities have ranged from: 
• Embedding of numeracy into wider CLD programmes (such as parenting,
environmental and wellbeing programmes) through to the formal delivery of SQA
qualifications in numeracy and mathematics.
• Over 450 people being registered as Multiply learners, with many more benefitting
from numeracy support within other CLD programmes.
Page 82 of 212

Page 83

• Currently, 379 Multiply learners have registered for SQA qualifications with 211 SQA
units achieved to date.
• A further 70 REHIS and 54 First Aid qualifications were achieved.  
• 95% of learners report an increase in numeracy skills and 98% have been ‘very
satisfied’ with their experience. 77% also report an improvement in their personal
life and mental / physical health because of their engagement. 
2.42 The CLD team’s Young Adult Programme (YAP), supported by UKSPF and employability
funding, provides a 12-month programme of paid work placements for 19- to 24-year-
olds, whilst also supporting other young people, adults, families and communities
through CLD interventions. In 2024/2025: 
• Eighteen young adults were recruited into CLD Assistant Support Worker posts for
12 hours per week, including time for training, SQA qualifications and 1-to-1
mentoring. 
• All participants faced multiple barriers to employment. Of the participants, six
identified as being disabled, two were New Scots (for whom English is not their first
language) and one was a young parent. This was the first experience of paid
employment for seven participants and one third of those recruited lived in the lowest
5% data zones.
• 14 participants have achieved formal qualifications, each achieving at least 7
qualifications, with the highest level being a PDA in Adult Learning in Scotland at
SCQF level 6.
• As of May 2025, 8 staff have moved into employment – 6 of whom are with North
Lanarkshire Council. Two young adults have moved onto Higher Education, one to
study Community Development at the University of Glasgow and another to study
Community Education at UWS.   
2.43 In addition to supporting New Scots, the externally funded Resettlement team within CLD
provide accredited learning programmes focused on English for Speakers of Other
Languages (ESOL). In 2024, 453 distinct learners took part in 543 learning sessions
provided by as part of Resettlement programmes. These sessions include 2 specific
ESOL Employability projects: 
• 154 individuals have progressed to positive destinations following participation in
Resettlement programmes.
• Small business workshops have been delivered to 52 New Scots.
• Bespoke learning is in place for resettled / unaccompanied asylum-seeking children
(UASC) using different methods such as outdoor learning, residential experiences
and youth accreditation. 
2.44 Supported by youth justice funding, CLD’s recently developed Compass Project uses a
youth work approach to engage with young people in conflict with the law who are
identified via the Early and Effective Intervention (EEI) pathway. In addition to personal
development, the project provides clear routes into education and employment. The
development of skills and accreditation in 2024/25 has included: 
• 41 young people have registered for one or more SQA units, with 62 units achieved
so far.
• 14 young people completed Fire Reach training with the Scottish Fire & Rescue
Service.
• 13 young people participated in a weeklong programme with Resilience Through
Creativity – Comedy and Confidence gaining SQA units including a unique
qualification in comedy.
Page 83 of 212

Page 84

2.45 With financial and practical support from YouthLink Scotland and the National Lottery
Heritage Fund, the Natural Leaders programme was piloted by CLD staff during 2024/25.
The programme is aimed at young people aged 11-12 identified as being at risk of
disengaging from education at the point of transition from primary to secondary school.
Almost all (82%) of candidates' self-evaluation responses reported improvements in their
experiences. The Natural Leaders programme also included accreditation through John
Muir, Dynamic Youth and Hi5 Awards. 
2.46 Supported by national Mental Health and Wellbeing funding, CLD provides various
programmes designed to support young people experiencing emotional distress. The
primary programme offered is Living Life to the Full (LLTTF), a mental health and
wellbeing initiative aimed at helping young people build resilience, improve mental
health, and develop coping skills. During 2024/25, 1192 young people participated in
CLD mental health and wellbeing programmes, with 71 SQA Wellbeing awards achieved
as a result. Of these young people, 51% accessed services due to emotional distress,
with the most common reason being exam stress and school-related issues. Among
those seeking support for emotional distress, 74% reported improvements in their
wellbeing, with the figure rising to 93% for young people classified as being in high-risk
groups. 
Strategic Aim 4 
2.47 Providing an alternative pathway for residents to contribute to and support North
Lanarkshire’s economy and communities 
Volunteering 
2.48 Establishing a baseline, current activity, training and volunteer opportunities, along with
understanding and mapping the current volunteer offering has been progressed via the
Brighter Futures volunteering theme. System developments have also been completed
to implement and maintain a system to capture volunteers available, skills, training and
opportunities. The following activity has completed to date: 
• Initial analysis of active volunteers.
• Engagement with services to understand how they might use volunteers, establish
links with community groups, community boards and VANL.
• Engagement with Education & Families to better understand the role of volunteering
within our schools.
• Engagement with local employers to promote the benefits of Employer Supported
Volunteering.
• Building a campaign with Corporate Communications.
• Development of volunteer role profiles and opportunities available.
• Engagement with Volunteer Scotland and continued relationship building with VANL
– working with local Volunteering Partnership organisation.
• Providing direct mentoring support to local community groups, offering support
where possible.
• Working alongside with VANL to support local groups to undertake the Volunteer
Friendly award.
• Collaboration has continued with stakeholders to develop accreditation options to
improve access to employment or education.
• Qualification routes have been developed for volunteers, building pathways to
positive outcomes. 
Page 84 of 212

Page 85

2.49 Future plans and next steps within the volunteering theme of Brighter Futures include
progressing the final stages of the Invest in Volunteering Award, a prestigious UK
standard for organisations who work with volunteers. Work continues towards achieving
accreditation as an SQA centre to deliver Volunteering Skills – 3, 4 and 5 and Employee
Supported Volunteering is being finalised for NLC. 
Entrepreneurship 
2.50 The in-sourcing of Business Gateway Service took place with 20 staff transferred to NLC
to deliver services across Lanarkshire from 1 March 2024. Table 4 demonstrates 2024
to 2025 statistics for Business Gateway: 
Table 4 – Business Gateway statistics (North Lanarkshire) 1 April 2024 – 31 March
2025 
Start ups  • 1093 pre-start enquiries
• 304 start-ups: 167 Female; 27 young people; 18 Minority Ethnic and 10 disabled
persons
• 73 high growth start-ups
Existing
businesses 
• 457 existing business enquiries
• 326 existing businesses supported
• 62 growth businesses and 41 local priority businesses receiving intensive support
Additional
services 
• 903 attendees at local and national workshops
• 93 expert help sessions commissioned
• 54 expert surgeries delivered
Customer
Satisfaction 
• 83% overall satisfaction
• 81% expectations met/exceeded
• 81% beneficial to the business
• 84% likely to recommend
• 86% likely to continue using BG service
• 93% satisfied with staff 
2.51 Intensive engagement has taken place across North Lanarkshire with internal and
external services to support entrepreneurship and self-employment. New funding
programmes and expert help services have been delivered via a mix of UKSPF and
council funding, for example, business start-up fund, 78 grants paid totalling over £113k
and small business and self-employed scheme with 30 approvals at over £47k. 
2.52 Entrepreneurship is a key deliverable within Brighter Futures to provide alternative
employment pathways as part of strategic aim 4. The HIVE has proven hugely successful
since its implementation with the following positive outputs recorded from February to
December 2024 shown in figure 6:  
Page 85 of 212

Page 86

Figure 6 – The HIVE outcomes 
2.53 Social enterprise developments have been key to supporting alternative pathways for NL
residents. Figure 7 highlights key achievements and challenges.   
Figure 7 – Social Enterprise achievements and challenges 
Strategic Aim 5 
2.54 Support the North Lanarkshire labour market 
Employability 
2.55 Employability are managing the delivery of a ranges of programmes which can offer
support to every unemployed or economically inactive resident of North Lanarkshire
using council funds, UKSPF and No One Left Behind fund. There is also additional and
significant investment on supporting 16–24-year-olds that are unemployed or
economically inactive and parents on low incomes whether in work or out of work. These                         
82 social enterprises supported including 48 not previously engaged
Over 120 individuals engaged
59 new social enterprises identified via outreach, marketing and
roadshows
8 social enterprises created with 11 more in the pipeline
Delivery of  Accelerator Programmeswhich included a range of
expert led workshops, one to one support and peer collaborations for
8 social entrepreneurs
5 Sector themed events delivered
Launch Event
Social Enterprise Network Event
Celebrate, Collaborate and Network Event ( 5 attendees from 17
organisations)
Crowdfunding Event
H Event
Start Up  oadshows attendance was low despite intensive marketing
e energising the North Lanarkshire Social Enterprise Network a
follow on project funded through UKSPF to  1st March 2026 with  ANL
has recruited a post to support the development and growth of the
Network
Page 86 of 212

Page 87

programmes work closely with the council’s Tackling Poverty team to ensure residents
are better off in work. In 2025/26 these are: 
• North Lanarkshire’s Working (NLW) – North Lanarkshire wide programme for all
unemployed or underemployed residents offering support to access advice, training
and employment opportunities within local communities.  
• No One Left Behind (NOLB) - support for unemployed 16–19-year-olds and additional
support to the Education & Families Pathways Programme for school leavers to enter
a job or training.  
• Working for Families (WfF) - support targeted at low-income parents across North
Lanarkshire with the long-term aim of increasing families’ incomes from employment.   
2.56 These initiatives are delivered within communities by Routes to Work Ltd through a
combination of council funds and in 2025/26 will deliver 1,220 job outcomes. This is
supported by the management by the employability team of 18 third sector organisations
that are also delivering employability support to young people, over 25s and families with
the aim of supporting their clients into work or onto Routes to Work programmes. This
year targets also include jobs and engagements for numbers of economically inactive
residents given the rise in numbers in this group. 
2.57 Other specific initiatives include: 
• A partnership with NHS Lanarkshire to support 25 unemployed parents into non-
clinical six month paid work placements.
• Clinical Support Worker programme with New College Lanarkshire and NHS
Lanarkshire to support 75 unemployed residents into clinical support roles in NHS
Lanarkshire, an expansion of an existing and effective project delivered last year.
• Increased support to community justice clients alongside social work to ensure their
employability is addressed during their release from prison or within their community
payback orders. 
2.58 Overall, within 2025/26, council funded employability initiatives will engage nearly 3000
residents aged 16-67 and support at least 1,220 into sustainable and fair work. Within
the national SLAED indicators report North Lanarkshire is regularly within the top 3 local
authorities in supporting the highest proportion of residents into work per population and
in the last survey for 2023/24 North Lanarkshire Council accounted for the largest
proportion of people assisted into jobs followed by Glasgow City Council and City of
Edinburgh Council.     
Summary 
2.59 In summary, Brighter Futures is an interconnected programme delivering economies of
scale and connectedness across key themes in NL Academies, curricular pathways,
employability, volunteering and entrepreneurship. The Delivery Framework’s strategic
aims create structure and commonality across the theme’s, ensuring focus is directed
and targeted. 
2.60 The activity detailed in this report is contributing to the health check indicators outlined
at figure 3 of this report, positively impacting school exclusion rates, gross weekly pay,
positive destinations, and percentage of working age people claiming one or more key
benefits. Continued focus remains on those indicators which have yet to improve, with
relevant activity described throughout this report. This includes working with employers
and partners to provide employment opportunities for those unemployed or economically
inactive, providing upskilling opportunities for all groups, creating inspiration and
Page 87 of 212

Page 88

attraction activities for young people into key industries, tacking those with multiple
barriers to employment, providing alternative pathway opportunities and supporting new
and existing businesses to grow and thrive. 
2.61 Performance reporting for Brighter Futures is underway from April 2025 onwards, with
the first report due in October 2025 – the list of performance measure for Brighter Futures
is highlighted at appendix 2. While reporting to committee on each theme follows the
reporting schedule for the Programme of Work, it is suggested that a report is presented
to Policy and Strategy on the outcomes of Brighter Futures on an annual basis to reflect
the interconnected nature of this key programme of work. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  Success in the Brighter Futures PoW is measured via the Brighter Futures Delivery
Framework which links to the council’s Strategic Performance Framework. 
Performance reporting is due to commence in October 2025 to ensure regular
monitoring and measurement of success. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 – Brighter Futures Delivery Framework
4.2  Appendix 2 - Brighter Futures performance measures by strategic aim 
Fiona Whittaker
Chief Officer (People Resources) 
Page 88 of 212

Page 89

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Page 89 of 212

Page 90

Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
Funding for this programme is a risk due to the heavy reliance upon external
funding which can be unstable and time bound, therefore affecting the ability to
create sustainable programmes.  The risk is highlighted on the Brighter Futures risk
documents (PULSE - Programme Uncertainty Level Status Evaluation) and
managed via the Programme Board.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11         ’                             
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s  ights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (C WIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
Page 90 of 212

Page 91

Appendix 1 
Page 91 of 212

Page 92

Appendix 2 – Brighter Futures performance measures by strategic aim
Strategic aim Measure
Strategic aim 1
No. of people participating in NL Academy programmes (per age group) (per Academy)
No. of people participating in NL Academy programmes achieving positive destinations, i.e. further education, training, employment (per academy)
No. of NL Enterprise Award submissions
No. of young people achieving wider achievement awards.
Range of employability wider achievement awards being offered.
No. of FA/HN programmes delivered in the senior phase of learning in line with local and national drivers.
% positive leaver destinations
% of school leavers with no formal qualifications at the point of exit
% of pathways young people in positive destinations
% attendance in Future Fridays’ programme.
% attendance of most vulnerable young people at Future Fridays (SIMD 1-3, Care Experienced & YP with ASN)
Range of vocational opportunities offered
No. of young people accessing and achieving vocational education awards in key sectors
No. of schools using progression pathways available for STEM & Expressive Arts and being used in curriculum design to strengthen pathways.
No. of vocational opportunities available to YP with ASN
No. of ASN young people accessing vocational education curriculum
Attainment of YP with ASN
No. of young people engaged in the winter and summer leavers’ pathways programmes
No of girls accessing courses in the built environment across Brighter Futures programmes
No of boys accessing courses in health & social care/childcare across Brighter Futures programmes
No. of early years and primary staff trained in play
No. of establishments with play on their improvement plan.
National qualifications – no. of qualifications gained by learners 16 and over participating in community learning and development programmes
National qualifications – no. of distinct learners 16 and over - participating in community learning and development programmes who have gained a national
qualification
Adult learning – no. of literacy, numeracy, and digital learning outcomes achieved by participants on community learning and development projects
No. of distinct participants engaged on the Multiply/Sum It Up programme
No. of SQA qualifications gained through the Multiply/Sum It Up programme
No. of young people engaged on the Young Adult Project
No. of participants of the Young Adult Project moving into a positive destination 
Page 92 of 212

Page 93

ESOL (English as a second or other language) – no. of ESOL learning outcomes achieved
No. of working age adults participating in the Resettlement and UASC programmes
No. of working age adults at each stage of the CLD Employability and Learning pathway 
No. of working age adults participating in the Resettlement and UASC programmes achieving positive destinations, i.e. further education, training, employment.
Adult learning - % adults aged 16 and over participating in community learning and development programmes from the 20% most deprived areas
Young people – no. of Youth Accredited Learning Awards achieved
Young people – no. of distinct individuals achieving Youth Accredited Learning Awards
Young people – no. of youth work outcomes achieved in a learning programme through community learning and development
No. of distinct learners completing core skills learning across all five core skills areas.
Percentage of distinct learners completing each of the five core skills areas from SIMD 1 &2.
BAME Entrepreneurial Support – No. of new enterprises created as a result of support 
Women In Business – The Hive - No. of women registered as users of The Hive over project duration
Women In Business – The Hive - No. of women attending events / workshops
Women In Business – The Hive - No. of new business starts trading
No. of social enterprises in North Lanarkshire per social enterprise census
No. of initiatives delivered through enterprise pathways activities
No. of young people engaged in entrepreneurial activities
No. of schools achieving the Enterprising Schools Award
Strategic aim 2
No. of NL Academy employer engagement events
No. of work opportunities aligned via NL Academy employer engagement
No. of people participating in NL Academy attraction programmes (per age group) (per Academy)
Employment support - % unemployed people assisted into work from council operated / funded employability programmes
% of persons with supported needs or barriers who successfully obtained and sustained employment for 6 months or more
Strategic aim 3
C13: Positive destinations - % of pupils entering positive destinations
C17: Gross weekly pay - residents (full-time employees)
C18: % of all people economically active (aged 16-64 years)  
C20: % of working age people (aged 16-64 years) claiming one or more of the key benefits                
Participation rate - % 16–19-year-olds engaged with an organisation for the purposes of learning, training, or work
Living wage - % of people (age 18+) in employment earning less than the real living wage
Out of work benefits - claimant count as a % of working age population
Out of work benefits - claimant count as a % of the population aged 16 to 24
No. of people engaged on employability programmes supported by the council 
Page 93 of 212

Page 94

No. of people on employability programmes supported by the council moving into employment 
No of people engaged and supported into employment who were economically inactive 
No. of organisations engaged in the Employer Charter
No. of Employer Charter network events delivered
No. of Employer Charter members who have actively engaged in employment and training activities
Strategic aim 4
No. of people engaged on S35 programme
No. of people who have moved into employment via S35 programme
**Social Value performance measure to be developed during 2025 in line with development of the councils Framework
Strategic aim 5
Volunteering – no. as a result of support
Volunteering – no. of organisations receiving non-financial support other than grants
Volunteering – no. of volunteering opportunities supported
Volunteering – no. of events/participatory programmes
Volunteering – no. of projects successfully completed
No. of volunteers participating in learning activities
No. of businesses supported by grant funding (Business start-up fund)
Amount of grant funding awarded (business start-up fund)
Percentage of people economically active aged 16-64 in self-employment (NOMIS)
No. of business births (VAT/PAYE registrations only; sole traders are not included in this) per 10,000 16-64 years population (SLAED Indicator)
C19: Business survival rates - % of the VAT / PAYE registered businesses that survive for at least three years
Business survival rates - % of the VAT / PAYE registered businesses that survive for at least five years
No. of Business in North Lanarkshire - Number of businesses
No. of businesses in North Lanarkshire per 10,000 population
No. of Business in North Lanarkshire - Jobs in those businesses
No. of Business in North Lanarkshire - Turnover in those businesses
Business Gateway – Start-Up Activity Measures – No. of enquiries received – Start-Up
Business Gateway – Start-Up Activity Measures – No. of event attendees – Start-Up Events
Business Gateway – Outcome/Impact Measures – No. of viable new business starts
Business Gateway – Satisfaction Measures - % of customers satisfied with Business Gateway services
Business Gateway - Satisfaction Measures - % of businesses who have found the support of Business Gateway beneficial 
Page 94 of 212

Page 95

North Lanarkshire Council
Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref    SP/LJ/SL Date 25/09/25 
Best Value thematic audit: Transformation 
From  Stephen Penman, Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement)  
E-mail PenmanSte@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07947 997750 
Executive Summary
This report presents the outcome of the Best Value thematic audit on Transformation,
specifically how the council is redesigning services and delivering more efficient services to
achieve planned outcomes. 
This audit has been undertaken as part of a national approach to auditing thematic aspects
of the statutory Best Value requirements. This national approach was initially implemented
during 2022/23 with the first thematic audit focussing on the leadership of the development of
the council’s strategic priorities.  This was followed in year two with a thematic audit on
workforce innovation.  The thematic audit on transformation is year three of the programme
which is set by the Accounts Commission. 
Overall, the key messages in the outcome report following North Lanarkshire Council’s Best
Value thematic audit on transformation are extremely positive.  This also recognises the key
role the Programme of Work plays in transforming North Lanarkshire through a place based
strategic approach that aims to improve the lives of its people and communities by changing
the area’s physical environment, to bring about economic, social, and health benefits. 
The Best Value outcome report also contains two audit recommendations for improvement for
which include management responses have been provided in respect of the planned next
steps actions. 
Recommendations
It is recommended the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
1) Note the outcome report attached (see Appendix A) following the Best Value thematic
audit on transformation and the positive messages therein in relation to the council’s
approach in this respect. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Item 6
Page 95 of 212

Page 96

1. Background 
1.1 A report to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in February 2023 provided an outline of the
new national approach to auditing Best Value which came into effect as part of the
external auditor’s appointment for the five-year term from 2022/23. 
1.2 The national approach is twofold:
• The integration of Best Value audit work within the wider scope of the external
auditor’s annual audit work which is reported in the Annual Audit Report (AAR). 
This includes risk-based and follow up audit work on Best Value related
recommendations from previous audit reports.
• Thematic Best Value audit work determined by the Accounts Commission to
provide assurance on areas of risk / interest across Scotland as at a defined point
in time. 
1.3 The national thematic Best Value audit work for year one (2022/23) focused on the
leadership of the development of new strategic priorities within all 32 councils in
Scotland.  The outcome from the North Lanarkshire Council audit in this respect was
reported to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in October 2023 and the Policy and Strategy
Committee in December 2023. Nationally the outcome report (Delivering for the future,
why leadership matters), following the audit of all 32 councils, was published by Audit
Scotland in July 2024: 
https://audit.scot/uploads/2024-07/nr_240711_best_value_thematic_leadership.pdf 
1.4 The national thematic Best Value audit work for year two (2023/24) focused on
workforce innovation (specifically how the council is responding to current workforce
challenges through building capacity, increasing productivity, and innovation) within all
32 councils in Scotland.  The outcome from the North Lanarkshire Council audit in this
respect was reported to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in August 2024 and the Policy
and Strategy Committee in September 2024. Nationally the outcome report (Delivering
for the future, responding to the workforce challenge) following the audit of all 32
councils, was published by Audit Scotland in August 2025:
https://audit.scot/uploads/2025-07/bv_250807_workforce_thematic.pdf 
1.5 The context for the year three (2024/25) national thematic Best Value audit work on
transformation is set out in the Account’s Commission’s 2025 Local Government
Budget 2024/25 briefing which noted the extent of councils’ cumulative funding gap
between 2025/26 and 2026/27 which, in their view, means that councils need to identify
and deliver recurring measures (such as savings or increased income) to be financially
sustainable in the short-term.  This briefing also noted that councils need to ensure they
can deliver services now and in the future and difficult decisions will need to be made
to achieve this. 
1.6 To set the North Lanarkshire context in relation to the year three Best Value audit on
transformation, a report was considered by Policy and Strategy Committee in June
2025 in line with their transformation oversight role. This demonstrated that the
transformation of North Lanarkshire to date has been able to be realised through
decisions made by the Policy and Strategy Committee and Service Committees which
have been unwavering in their support to not just delivering the Programme of Work,
but to ensure it is delivered with a greater focus on scale and purpose that escalates
positive change and transformation in a way that improves the lives of the people of
North Lanarkshire.    
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 96 of 212

Page 97

1.7 Following the conclusion of the year three Best Value audit on transformation in North
Lanarkshire, which was carried out by the external auditors (Audit Scotland), this report
herewith (and attached in Appendix A) presents the outcome of the audit with key
findings and recommendations. 
2. Best value thematic audit on transformation 
Scope of the audit 
2.1 In considering the theme of transformation, external auditors focussed on the following
questions: 
1. To what extent does the council have clear plans for transformation that link to its
priorities and support long-term financial sustainability?
2. To what extent do the council’s programme management arrangements facilitate
effective oversight of its transformation plans?
3. To what extent are communities and partners involved in the development and
delivery of the council’s plans for transformation?
4. To what extent has the council considered the impact of its transformation activity,
including on vulnerable or protected groups? 
Approach to the audit 
2.2 In carrying out the audit, a team of auditors from Audit Scotland (the council’s external
auditors) conducted a review of relevant information already available in the public
domain, requested and reviewed additional information from the council, and met with
relevant officers (including Chief Officers in their role as Programme of Work
transformation leads) from across the council. 
Key audit findings 
2.3 Overall, the key messages from Audit Scotland are extremely positive - these are set
out in the outcome report in Appendix A and also noted in the extract below: 
Key messages 
• Transformation is about radically changing how councils operate and deliver services to
achieve planned outcomes in a financially sustainable way. North Lanarkshire Council has
made a strategic decision to integrate transformation activity across its Programme of Work,
giving services direct responsibility for delivering change. The Programme of Work and the
council’s accompanying Delivery Plan set out how it will deliver The Plan for North
Lanarkshire, the council’s transformative, place-based strategic plan that focuses on
improving outcomes and the lives of its people and communities by transforming the area’s
physical environment, bringing about economic, social and health benefits. The Delivery Plan
includes almost 250 projects or activities including how it is transforming eight of its town
centres, plans to deliver over 6,000 new council homes and the establishment of Community
Hubs.
• We reported in our 2023/24 Annual Audit Report that the council has a track record of
delivering savings but given the scale of savings already delivered, its future financial plans
are becoming increasingly challenging. In 2025/26, the council’s bridged its budget gap of
over £13 million by increasing council tax. Over the next five years its budget gap is predicted
to be nearly £137 million. The council recognises that there needs to be a clear link between it
transforming its services and addressing its budget gap by delivering transformation in a
financially sustainable way.
• The council has demonstrated its commitment to transformation through an innovative long-
term fund to support new capital expenditure in its communities. The Community Investment
Fund aims to generate future budget savings and support economic regeneration activity
Page 97 of 212

Page 98

throughout North Lanarkshire. An estimate of resources available from the Fund between
2019/20 and 2033/34 is £793 million.
• The council has effective governance arrangements in place to oversee its transformation
work. Delivery of the Programme of Work is monitored by each Strategic Board in the first
instance with strategic oversight thereafter by the Corporate Management Team. Elected
members receive comprehensive updates on progress with the Programme of Work through
the council’s Policy and Strategy Committee and service committees.
• The council works with partners to deliver a number of its transformation projects across
North Lanarkshire. It has consulted with its communities and vulnerable groups on
transformation activities and there is evidence changes have been made to services as a
result of this work. The council carries out Equality Impact Assessments for its major
programmes of work, including transformation themes, and there are examples of
comprehensive community engagement taking place in relation to these.
• The council uses 28 outcome measures to monitor the impact of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire as a whole and to determine whether places and services are improving. As
transformation is embedded, the direction of travel of these indicators reflects the success of
the council’s transformation activities. At March 2025, 50 per cent of the indicators had
improved over the period of The Plan for North Lanarkshire. A summary of the council’s
performance against its 28 health check indicators could be made more accessible to the
public.
• While the council monitors the impact of The Plan for North Lanarkshire as a whole using
outcome measures, it is important that it also demonstrates the extent to which project
benefits targeted through the council’s investment in transformation are realised. The council
does not currently track or report transformation benefits at project level. It is in the process of
developing a benefits realisation tool that will measure both the financial and non-financial
benefits of the projects and activities in its Programme of Work. 
Source: Best Value thematic report, Audit Scotland, September 2025 
2.4 The report contains two audit recommendations for improvement which are noted
below.  Management responses, including planned actions, responsible officers, and
timescales are detailed in the Appendix of the external audit report (attached at
Appendix A).  Progress in implementing the agreed actions will be monitored by Internal
Audit and reported to future meetings of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
• Benefits realisation - The council should prioritise completion of its benefits
realisation framework and incorporate reporting on both financial and non-financial
benefits into regular monitoring reports. Given the financial challenges the council
is facing there is a need to increasingly monitor and track cost and benefits of
transformation projects. This will help inform officers and members of the extent to
which transformation projects are delivering their intended benefits.
• Improving public reporting of progress against the 28 Health Check Indicators -
The council should ensure that the reporting of progress against its 28 Health
Check Indicators is more accessible to the public. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  Key measures of success are: 
• That the council is able to demonstrate Best Value in line with the requirements of
the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 and the supporting statutory guidance.
• That the Audit and Scrutiny Panel are able to fulfil their role in relation to
commenting on the scope and depth of external auditor work and ensuring it gives
value for money. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix A -  Audit Scotland Best Value thematic audit report on Transformation:
Page 98 of 212

Page 99

how councils are redesigning and delivering more efficient services to 
achieve planned outcomes. 
Stephen Penman  
Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement) 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Ongoing audit work supports the council in demonstrating Best Value in line with the
Local Government in Scotland Act 2003. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
Page 99 of 212

Page 100

subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has an
assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the Enterprise
Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
Demonstrating Best Value in line with statutory requirements supports the mitigation
of the risk in the Corporate Risk Register for governance, leadership, and decision
making. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the Armed
Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage compared to
other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has been
made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant Articles
from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC).
Page 100 of 212

Page 101

If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 101 of 212

Page 102

North Lanarkshire
Council
Best Value thematic management report
Transformation: how councils are redesigning and
delivering more efficient services to achieve planned
outcomes
Prepared by Audit Scotland
September 2025
Appendix A
Page 102 of 212

Page 103

Best Value thematic work:  | 2 
Contents 
Key messages 3
Introduction 5
Transformation planning 8
Programme management 11
Partnership working and community engagement 15
Impact of transformation 19
Appendix 22 
Accessibility
You can find out more and read this report using assistive technology on
our website www.audit.scot/accessibility.
Page 103 of 212

Page 104

Key messages | 3 
Key messages 
1 Transformation is about radically changing how councils operate and deliver
services to achieve planned outcomes in a financially sustainable way. North
Lanarkshire Council has made a strategic decision to integrate transformation
activity across its Programme of Work, giving services direct responsibility for
delivering change. The Programme of Work and the council’s accompanying
Delivery Plan set out how it will deliver The Plan for North Lanarkshire, the
council’s transformative, place-based strategic plan that focuses on improving
outcomes and the lives of its people and communities by transforming the
area’s physical environment, bringing about economic, social and health
benefits. The Delivery Plan includes almost 250 projects or activities including
how it is transforming eight of its town centres, plans to deliver over 6,000
new council homes and the establishment of Community Hubs. 
2 We reported in our 2023/24 Annual Audit Report that the council has a track
record of delivering savings but given the scale of savings already delivered,
its future financial plans are becoming increasingly challenging. In 2025/26,
the council’s bridged its budget gap of over £13 million by increasing council
tax. Over the next five years its budget gap is predicted to be nearly £137
million. The council recognises that there needs to be a clear link between it
transforming its services and addressing its budget gap by delivering
transformation in a financially sustainable way. 
3 The council has demonstrated its commitment to transformation through an
innovative long-term fund to support new capital expenditure in its
communities. The Community Investment Fund aims to generate future
budget savings and support economic regeneration activity throughout North
Lanarkshire. An estimate of resources available from the Fund between
2019/20 and 2033/34 is £793 million.
4 The council has effective governance arrangements in place to oversee its
transformation work. Delivery of the Programme of Work is monitored by
each Strategic Board in the first instance with strategic oversight thereafter by
the Corporate Management Team. Elected members receive comprehensive
updates on progress with the Programme of Work through the council’s
Policy and Strategy Committee and service committees. Page 104 of 212

Page 105

Key messages | 4 
5 The council works with partners to deliver a number of its transformation
projects across North Lanarkshire. It has consulted with its communities and
vulnerable groups on transformation activities and there is evidence changes
have been made to services as a result of this work. The council carries out
Equality Impact Assessments for its major programmes of work, including
transformation themes, and there are examples of comprehensive community
engagement taking place in relation to these.
6 The council uses 28 outcome measures to monitor the impact of The Plan for
North Lanarkshire as a whole and to determine whether places and services
are improving. As transformation is embedded, the direction of travel of these
indicators reflects the success of the council’s transformation activities. At
March 2025, 50 per cent of the indicators had improved over the period of
The Plan for North Lanarkshire. A summary of the council’s performance
against its 28 health check indicators could be made more accessible to the
public. 
7 While the council monitors the impact of The Plan for North Lanarkshire as a
whole using outcome measures, it is important that it also demonstrates the
extent to which project benefits targeted through the council’s investment in
transformation are realised. The council does not currently track or report
transformation benefits at project level. It is in the process of developing a
benefits realisation tool that will measure both the financial and non-financial
benefits of the projects and activities in its Programme of Work.
Page 105 of 212

Page 106

Introduction | 5 
Introduction 
1.  Transformation is about radically changing how councils operate and
deliver services to achieve planned outcomes in a financially sustainable
way (Transformation in councils, Accounts Commission, October 2024).
The Accounts Commission’s Transformation in councils report recognises
that, while work has been ongoing in relation to local government
transformation for decades, a step change is required and the pace and
scale of transformation must increase significantly. 
2.  Transformation, through greater collaboration with partners, will be key
for councils to deliver more sustainable service models in challenging
financial climates.
3.  This report sets out how the council is redesigning and delivering more
efficient services to achieve planned outcomes. 
4.  The Accounts Commission’s Strategy (2021-26) sets out its priorities to
focus on inequalities, funding, communities and recovery. The Code of
Audit Practice sets out the Best Value work required to report on these
priorities. 
5.  This report covers the thematic aspect of the Best Value audit
requirements. The Commission has directed auditors to report on
transformation and how councils are redesigning and delivering more
efficient services to achieve planned outcomes. In carrying out the work,
auditors have considered the following questions: 
• To what extent does the council have clear plans for transformation
that link to its priorities and support long-term financial
sustainability?
• To what extent do the council’s programme management
arrangements facilitate effective oversight of its transformation
plans?
• To what extent are partners and communities involved in the
development and delivery of the council’s plans for transformation?
• To what extent has the council considered the impact of its
transformation activity, including on vulnerable or protected
groups?  
6.  An improvement action plan is included at Appendix 1 of this report.
This sets out audit recommendations in key areas, and the council’s Page 106 of 212

Page 107

Introduction | 6 
planned response including responsible officers and dates for
implementation.
7.  The coverage of the work is in line with the expectations for councils’
arrangements for the seven Best Value themes in the Local Government in
Scotland Act 2003, Best Value Statutory Guidance 2020 and we have
considered the Accounts Commission’s transformation principles set out in
Transformation in councils (Exhibit 1). 
Page 107 of 212

Page 108

Introduction | 7 
Exhibit 1
Transformation principles
Transformation is about radically changing how councils operate and deliver services to achieve
planned outcomes in a financially sustainable way.
Principle  
Vision
Have a clear vision that sets out the intended end state of any transformation
activity, focused on: 
• delivering large-scale recurring savings or generating income for the council,
contributing to its longer-term financial sustainability
• improving outcomes for citizens in line with council priorities
• taking a whole-system approach to see and realise opportunities both within
councils and more widely
• meeting the needs of the people who use services and reduce inequalities
• focusing on preventative activity, where applicable, to reduce the demand for
services and to make them sustainable in the longer term.
Planning
• Be clear on the scale of the change required and ensure transformation plans
are sufficiently ambitious to credibly respond to the scale of the challenge.
• Commit staff with appropriate skills, time, and resources to ensure
transformation occurs at the scale and pace required and that there is enough
capacity for the changes to be embedded.
• Be clear about the timescales, costs, outcomes, and anticipated impacts of
transformation projects.
• Show urgency and progress projects at pace without compromising
appropriate governance on projects.
Governance
• Have a clear process for monitoring, evaluating, and reporting progress.
• Put in place effective governance and escalation processes so that the
transformation activities are well managed in their own right, but also able to
be given priority alongside other business-as-usual activities. 
Collaboration 
• Develop better working relationships with communities and/or partners to
achieve a sustainable model of service delivery.
• Actively consider the opportunities offered by regional or national sectoral
collaboration, or by integrating services locally with partners, or by supporting
individuals and communities to achieve desired outcomes in place of an
existing service.
• Learn from good practice across Scotland and beyond.
Innovation 
• Implement new ways of thinking, including innovation, creativity and a desire,
willingness, and action to change and do things in new and different ways that
achieve the outcomes needed.
• Embed the right culture and behaviours to manage change and help maximise
the contribution of all the team.  
Source: Accounts Commission, Transformation in councils, October 2024 Page 108 of 212

Page 109

Transformation planning | 8 
Transformation planning 
8.  Councils need to ensure they can deliver sustainable services now and
in the future, and difficult decisions will need to be made to achieve this.
The Accounts Commission’s Local government budgets 2025/26 briefing
noted that councils’ cumulative funding gap to 2027/28 is £997 million.
Councils will need to identify and deliver recurring measures such as
savings or increased income to be financially sustainable in the short-term.
9.  In January 2025, the Accounts Commission advised in its Local
government in Scotland Financial bulletin 2023/24 that councils need to
intensify transformation activity, progressing at scale and pace to ensure
their financial sustainability and how councils plan to use their reserves,
make savings and transform their services needs to become more
transparent.  
Findings Evidence
The council’s
transformation activities
are embedded within the
Programme of Work for
North Lanarkshire.   
• North Lanarkshire’s Programme of Work and the council’s
accompanying delivery plan set out how the council will
deliver The Plan for North Lanarkshire, the council’s place-
based strategic plan from 2019. The Plan for North
Lanarkshire outlines the long-term vision and priorities for the
area for the council, its partners, stakeholders and
communities. Its vision is inclusive growth and prosperity for
all – to bring equal benefits and a fairer distribution of wealth
to all North Lanarkshire’s people and communities. It aims to
transform the area’s physical environment, bringing about
economic, social and health benefits. 
• The Programme of Work was refreshed in 2023 with the
council streamlining the number of programmes, projects and
activities, drawing out interdependencies between them and
focusing more on improvement and change and the scale
and pace of change. The council’s transformation activities
are embedded within the Programme of Work and are not
badged specifically as transformation.  
• The Programme of Work is split into seven priorities. Five
priorities are front-facing – Transforming Places, Invest in
North Lanarkshire, Sustainable Futures, Resilient People and
Brighter Futures. The other two priorities - Digital North
Lanarkshire and One Service - enable service programme
delivery. In May 2025, the council noted that there were 243
projects or activities in its Delivery Plan across the seven
priorities. Page 109 of 212

Page 110

Transformation planning | 9 
Findings Evidence
• Transformation projects include:
- Community hubs. These are good examples of place-
based service delivery that maximise the use of council
buildings. The council is continuing with the transition from
schools to hubs - through both new build community hubs,
and the extension/adaption of schools and other council
buildings to act as satellite locations for service delivery of
both council employees and the wider North Lanarkshire
Partnership. This programme is intended to lead to more
positive outcomes for children, communities, and the
economy. The model aims to ensure that communities
have more direct access to the services they need and
staff are closer to the communities they work in.
- The Town centre transformation programme to
repurpose North Lanarkshire’s eight town centres. Town
Centre Vision plans were developed for each town centre
and are supported by action plans that focus on the
shorter-term delivery of projects.
- The New supply programme to deliver 2,000 new
council homes between 2023 and 2028, with a further
2,354 by 2035 to meet housing need and support town
centre and community regeneration.
• Digital North Lanarkshire aims to develop a skilled digital
workforce and be the digital leader for a transformed North
Lanarkshire. It is a key enabler in delivering the other
programme of work priorities and driving economic growth. 
• One Service programme of work aims to ensure services
are delivered in a streamlined, efficient and supportive model.
The council has
demonstrated its
commitment to
transformation through
an innovative fund to
support new capital
expenditure in its
communities. The
Community Investment
Fund aims to generate
future budget savings
and support economic
regeneration activity
throughout North
Lanarkshire.
• The Policy and Strategy Committee approved the £1.7 billion
Strategic Capital Investment Programme in March 2025. The
programme is to operate over a five-year period and aims to
revitalise towns, schools, housing, roads and community
facilities.
• A key part of the Capital Investment Programme is the
Community Investment Fund, developed at the same time as
The Plan for North Lanarkshire. In 2019, the council’s
ambition was to create additional resources of £500 million
over a ten-year period to support new capital expenditure in
North Lanarkshire’s communities, funded through ringfencing
elements of future council tax income associated with the
growth in housing and top slicing an element of future council
tax increases. In December 2024, the Policy and Strategy
Committee approved a revised Year 1 of a new 10-year
Community Investment Fund to 2033/34, with additional
Page 110 of 212

Page 111

Transformation planning | 10 
Findings Evidence
funding of £300.130m, taking the total fund to £793.104m
from its inception. 
• To date, the Community Investment Fund has been used for
new schools and hubs and investment in leisure,
infrastructure and other facilities. For example, it has funded
the completion of the Chryston and Riverbank Community
Hubs, the purchase of Cumbernauld Town Centre to facilitate
significant town centre regeneration and the development of
digital classrooms.
• The council also has a Change Management Fund of £19.4
million that it uses to support future budget pressures, one-off
costs of approved savings and transformation initiatives. 
In February 2025, the
council agreed to
increase council tax to
bridge a budget gap of
over £13 million in
2025/26. Over the next
five years its budget gap
is predicted to be nearly
£137 million. 
The council recognises
that there needs to be a
clear link between it
transforming its services
and addressing its
budget gap by delivering
transformation in a
financially sustainable
way. 
• The council’s budget in February 2025 highlighted a budget
gap in 2025/26 of £13.590 million. The council decided to
increase council tax by ten per cent to bridge that budget gap
and set a balanced budget for 2025/26.
• In June 2025, it reported an envisaged budget gap in the five-
year period between 2026/27 and 2030/31 of £136.927
million. 
• The council has developed key principles to help bridge its
budget gap. While transformation of services has not been
specifically identified as a solution, the first key principle -
Revenue funding will be directed to the council’s key priorities
- notes that the Programme of Work is critical to driving
change and future financial efficiencies and savings.  
• Other key principles include: 
- service design and delivery reviews - aiming to minimise
cost, maximise income generation and potentially
generate financial savings
- maximising income generation – from council tax and
other sources
- planned and sustainable use of reserves.
• The council has recognised the importance of prioritising the
use of resources for its key priority areas. This includes
service redesign and transformation. Given the financial
challenges facing the council it will be important that the
council’s transformation programme maintains a focus on
how much the Programme of Work as a whole, or the
transformation activities that form part of it, will contribute to
bridging its budget gap. 
Page 111 of 212

Page 112

Programme management | 11 
Programme management 
10.  It is essential that councils have good programme management
arrangements in place to ensure they are making sufficient progress
against their transformation plans. It is important that councils have the
structures and the staffing resource in place to deliver their transformation
ambitions. In addition, councils must ensure that both senior officers and
elected members have appropriate oversight of progress.
Findings and evidence relating to the council’s programme management
arrangements 
Findings Evidence
The council has effective
governance
arrangements in place to
oversee its
transformation work.
Delivery of the
Programme of Work is
monitored by each
Strategic Board in the
first instance with
strategic oversight
thereafter by the
Corporate Management
Team. 
• The Corporate Management Team has oversight of the entire
Programme of Work within the council. Each of the six
Strategic Boards are chaired by a Senior Responsible Officer
who is a Chief Officer and is accountable for the delivery of
Programme of Work priorities, including transformation
projects. The One Service Programme of Work Strategic
Board has an overarching focus on the delivery of the
council’s transformational activities, through the Programme
of Work to ensure a “one place, one plan, one council
approach”.
• Key components of the governance processes established for
overseeing transformation work within the council are
highlighted below:
- There is a council-wide single Integrated Delivery Plan
that tracks all projects and activities across the entire
Programme of Work and its seven priorities (i.e.
Transforming Places, Invest in North Lanarkshire,
Sustainable Futures, Resilient People, Brighter Futures,
Digital North Lanarkshire, and One Services), with
designated officers and set timescales. The Delivery Plan
is monitored quarterly at each Programme of Work
Strategic Board meeting.
- Delivery is monitored using a Quality Assurance
framework and applying RAG ratings across key
dimensions. Monitoring reports are produced for review by
each of the six Boards on a quarterly basis and a
composite report is produced for review by the Corporate
Management Team on a quarterly basis. Page 112 of 212

Page 113

Programme management | 12 
Findings Evidence
- The PULSE (Programme Uncertainty Level Status
Evaluation) tool helps Boards assess interdependencies,
risks, and confidence levels and a council-wide Project
Management Framework has been established to ensure
consistency across projects. 
- All boards have clear oversight of the council’s
transformation activities. For example, there is detailed
consideration and regular discussion in relation to
transformation activity. Standing agenda items include
updates on delivering the Programme of Work and
Programme of Work Governance and Performance. 
- Risk is a standing agenda item across all six Programme
of Work Boards. There is consideration of comprehensive
monitoring reports on a quarterly basis, focusing on
projects with red or amber RAG ratings and agreed
actions to follow-up on in the next quarterly cycle. There
are examples of appropriate escalation to both Corporate
Management Team and/or Business Management Team.
The council has
comprehensive
arrangements in place,
through its Programme
of Work boards for
reporting to its senior
leadership team on the
progress of
transformation projects
and the delivery of the
Programme of Work as a
whole. 
• North Lanarkshire Council monitors and reports quarterly to
its Corporate Management Team on progress across its
Programme of Work. All Strategic Boards, including One
Service, report on individual projects and activities using a
RAG status based on seven key dimensions: scope; cost/
budget; quality; resource; risk; within time/ on schedule and
percentage completed. Reports focus on projects and/or
activities rated amber or red to ensure appropriate discussion
and actions is being taken forward to manage any risks.
• All monitoring reports to all of the six Programme of Work
Boards clearly track progress against timescales and costs.
Delivery within time/on schedule and cost/budget are key
dimensions and standing items in quarterly monitoring
reports.
The council is
adequately resourced to
deliver on its
transformation
ambitions. 
• The council has advised the audit team that it has capacity -
both in terms of resource and skills mix - to deliver the
Programme of Work. Interviewees noted that Boards are well
resourced and well attended and that staff are experienced at
delivering complex change.  
• In May 2025, the council noted in its Delivery Plan that 234
out of 243 of its projects across its boards were being
delivered within available resources (classified as ‘green’). A
small number (seven) were assigned amber status indicating
resourcing concerns are being managed and just one project
was classified as red indicating a critical resourcing issue.
Page 113 of 212

Page 114

Programme management | 13 
Findings Evidence
Elected members receive
comprehensive updates
on progress with the
Programme of Work
through the council’s
Policy and Strategy
Committee and service
committees 
• Elected members have strategic oversight of the council’s
Programme of Work through the council’s Policy and Strategy
Committee.
• Comprehensive updates are provided to the Policy and
Strategy Committee every six months setting out progress in
delivering the entire Programme of Work. 
• Reporting covers key achievements and provides detailed
updates on the progress of individual projects across the
Programme of Work. An overall RAG status is assigned to
individual projects based on six delivery dimensions,
including whether projects are running to budget. Annual
reporting against the 28 Health Check Indicators also
provides elected members with a clear view of council
performance, highlighting areas of improvement or decline
over the course of The Plan for North Lanarkshire. All Policy
and Strategy Committee papers are publicly available on the
council’s website.
• A range of specific topical Programme of Work reports are
also submitted throughout the year - as per an established
reporting schedule - to the respective service committee
depending on what is being delivered and the remit of the
committee. These provide detailed updates on the specific
programme, project, or activity being delivered, seeking
appropriate committee approval at key stages in delivery.
The council is
developing a benefits
realisation tool. It does
not currently track or
report transformation
benefits at project level. 
• Benefits are not directly reported on as a standalone category
within quarterly monitoring reports. All PULSE (Programme
Uncertainty Level Status Evaluation) results from 2024 for the
One Service Board categorise benefits as red for level of
confidence against “Benefits - The Board has an
understanding of the range of benefits that the Programme of
Work will deliver and also an appreciation of which projects
and activities will contribute the greatest benefit.” According
to the key for level of confidence this means “not yet being
considered.” 
• The council is in the process of developing a benefits
realisation tool that will measure both the financial and non-
financial benefits of projects. The tool will set out examples of
different types of benefits (eg income generation, cost
savings, productivity gains and qualitative improvements such
as increased customer satisfaction). It will also incorporate a
tracker with RAG indicators to monitor the progress of each
benefit. The PULSE results from June 2025 show this work is
still in progress, with tracking mechanisms not yet in place for
benefits realisation. 
Page 114 of 212

Page 115

Programme management | 14 
Recommendation 1
The council should prioritise completion of its benefits realisation
framework and incorporate reporting on both financial and non-financial
benefits into regular monitoring reports. Given the financial challenges
the council is facing there is a need to increasingly monitor and track
cost and benefits of transformation projects. This will help inform officers
and members of the extent to which transformation projects are
delivering their intended benefits.
Page 115 of 212

Page 116

Partnership working and community engagement | 15 
Partnership working and
community engagement 
11.  The Best Value in Scotland report noted that councils must now
rethink how they work together, and with local partners and communities,
to provide financially sustainable services. Few councils provide services
jointly or share support services across different councils to a great extent.
The scale and nature of the challenge, as set out in the Transformation in
councils report, means that it is only by working more collaboratively that
councils and their local partners, communities and the third sector will be
able to provide sustainable local services.
12.  In January 2025, the Accounts Commission advised in its Local
government in Scotland Financial bulletin 2023/24  that how councils plan
to use their reserves, make savings and transform their services needs to
become more transparent. The need to consult local communities and
clearly communicate the implications for local services of the budget
decisions taken has never been more important.
Findings and evidence relating to the council’s partnership working and
community engagement arrangements 
Findings Evidence
The council works with
partners to deliver a
number of its
transformation projects
across North Lanarkshire.
• The Plan for North Lanarkshire sets out a shared ambition
and vision for the council, partners, stakeholders and
communities. It was endorsed by the North Lanarkshire
Partnership (North Lanarkshire’s Community Planning
Partnership) in March 2019.
• The council works with partners, arm’s length external
organisations, and other relevant agencies to deliver
transformation projects that make up part of the
Programme of Work. Examples of these include delivering
community hubs, the East Airdrie link road project, the
creation of an Industry Skills Board and the Driving Digital
Locally Intergenerational Project. 
• As noted above, the council is creating community hubs
across North Lanarkshire. These provide place-based
service delivery and allow partners and the council to work
jointly to deliver services to the community. The council
has an ambition to replace every school not replaced or
remodelled since 1996 and its vision is to make these
places for the whole community rather than just the school Page 116 of 212

Page 117

Partnership working and community engagement | 16 
Findings Evidence
community. The community hub model is the way of
delivering this ambition. For example, the Chryston
Community Hub is a partnership with NHS Lanarkshire and
includes a community health clinic, alongside the primary
school. 
• The East Airdrie link road project, part of the Glasgow
City Region City Deal, and the Monklands replacement
hospital project, have been linked together and a project
interface board set up with NHS Lanarkshire to work
through logistics, challenges and opportunities around
employment and investment that the work can bring.
These are two separate projects. The Link Road is part of
City Deal and was originally planned before the new
hospital site was identified.
• An Industry Skills Board was created in partnership with
senior managers from construction firms to develop plans
for the workforce of the future. The Board has
commissioned pieces of work to better understand
workforce demand and demand for training. It has also
developed a youth engagement strategy linked to schools,
to identify space in the curriculum to develop skills and
create pathways to the construction industry. 
• The council was asked to provide examples of successful
transformation to the audit team. One of these was the
Driving Digital Locally Intergenerational Project (Exhibit
2). It illustrates how the council has worked innovatively
with partners and its communities to improve the digital
skills of older people.
The council has consulted
with its communities and
vulnerable groups on
transformational activities
and there is evidence
changes have been made
as a result of this work.
• The council’s nine Community Boards, based across North
Lanarkshire, support community participation. The Boards
are made up from representatives from local community
groups and community planning partners and meet several
times a year, debating issues that affect the local
community. Each Community Board area has its
own social media channels, using these to report progress
and distribute messages. Reports on the work of the nine
Community Boards are provided to the Communities
Committee each committee cycle. 
• In 2023, Audit Scotland’s Best Value Thematic report on
leadership found that the council was proactive in
engaging with a wide range of communities but was, at
that time, unable to show how successful the range of
engagement activity was in demonstrating it was listening
to feedback. It recommended that the council consider how
it measures the level of engagement with communities and
equalities groups. Page 117 of 212

Page 118

Partnership working and community engagement | 17 
Findings Evidence
• The council implemented this recommendation through its
June 2024 Communications and Engagement Strategy.
This strategy sets out the council’s intention to report
annually to the Communities Committee on the number of
individuals and community organisations participating in
Community Boards. In April 2025, the council reported
participation from a wide range of groups including the
Voice of Experience Forum, Youth Forums, Faith Groups,
the NL Disability Access Panel, Parent Councils and
Tenants and Residents’ Associations. 
• There are a number of examples of the council engaging
with communities in relation to transformation projects and
this engagement resulting in change: 
- The Digital North Lanarkshire Board established two
digital zones providing dedicated spaces equipped
with the latest technology and resources to help
individuals improve their basic digital skills and gain
confidence online. These are to be used by individuals
for a range of activities including completing
educational activities and accessing health information.
As part of the implementation of these zones, a
consultation took place from November to December
2024, which received 620 responses. The council has
set out explicitly what it is going to do as a result of this
consultation, including ensuring private meeting space
for customers for virtual doctor’s appointments,
providing access to printing and ensuring support staff
are available at specified times.  
- Coatbridge was awarded £19.5million from the UK
Government's 'Plan for Neighbourhoods'. The council
was charged with developing and delivering a
Regeneration Plan for the town, setting out a vision for
Coatbridge for the next ten years. Consultation was
carried out with communities during Summer 2024
through face-to-face interviews, online surveys, family
fun days and engaging with primary and secondary
schools. The draft Regeneration Plan and associated
Investment Plan set out three priorities that were based
on what communities said they would like to see. These
plans are due to be finalised by October 2025. 
- The council’s Early Help Family Support Service
tender specification was informed by formal
consultation and focus groups with families about their
needs. This approach was piloted in one area and eight
months later was expanded to the whole of North
Lanarkshire.  Page 118 of 212

Page 119

Partnership working and community engagement | 18 
Exhibit 2 
Driving Digital Locally Intergenerational Project 
In 2022, the council launched its Driving Digital Locally Intergenerational Project, aimed at
enhancing older residents’ digital technology skills through one-to-one training with young
people in their communities. The initiative has been delivered across seven communities in
North Lanarkshire, involving 80 elderly tenants and 115 school pupils. Ninety per cent of the
elderly tenants reported increased confidence in using digital tools, with many applying their
new skills in everyday tasks such as booking holidays online, sending emails, or using digital
notes for shopping lists. In response to feedback, a ‘How to’ booklet was created for tenants,
and a weekly overview was developed for pupils and teachers to improve preparation and
delivery of future sessions.
Building on its success in retirement complexes and incorporating feedback from community
groups, the project was expanded to reach the wider community through direct delivery in
settings such as senior citizens’ clubs, knitting groups, and women’s retirement groups. The
positive outcomes have led to discussions with the Lanarkshire Deaf Club about adapting the
project for the deaf community. Plans are now underway to launch a tailored version in
partnership with the Club, a primary school, the deaf unit at a nearby secondary school, and
interpreters.
Source: North Lanarkshire Council 
Page 119 of 212

Page 120

Impact of transformation | 19 
Impact of transformation 
13.  It is important that councils have success measures in place to
demonstrate the impact of their transformational activity on service quality;
outcomes for people who use services, inequalities and/or savings. 
Findings and evidence relating to the impact of the council’s transformation
activity 
Findings Evidence
The council uses 28
indicators to monitor the
impact of The Plan for
North Lanarkshire as a
whole and to determine
whether places and
services are improving.
As transformation is
embedded, the direction
of travel of these
indicators reflects the
success of the council’s
transformation activities. 
Performance against the
28 indicators is consistent
between 2024 and 2025,
with 50 per cent of
indicators having
improved over the period
of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. 
A summary of the
council’s performance
against its 28 health
check indicators is not
easily accessible to the
public. 
• The council uses 28 health check indicators to measure
the impact and progress of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. The approach involves using long-term
outcome measures to assess whether places and services
are improving in North Lanarkshire. The indicators are
used as an evidence base for strategic planning and cover
a wide range of demographic, social and economic
outcomes.
• Given the council’s approach to embed transformation, the
indicators span across its entire Programme of Work as
opposed to being specific to transformation. 
• The measures will help to assess whether changes in
service delivery models are contributing to positive
outcomes for people and communities.
• At March 2025, 50 per cent of the indicators had improved
over the period of The Plan for North Lanarkshire, while 50
per cent had not improved. These results are consistent
with the previous year's performance in 2024.
• Examples of indicators showing improvement include:
-  wages - traditionally less than the Scottish average,
have been higher in North Lanarkshire than the Scottish
average for the last three years
- economic growth - over the last decade North
Lanarkshire’s economic output grew at a faster rate than
the Scottish average
- reduction in school exclusions - school exclusions in
North Lanarkshire have reduced dramatically over the last
five years and latest figures are well below the Scotland
average. 
• Areas where challenges remain include: Page 120 of 212

Page 121

Impact of transformation | 20 
1 North Lanarkshire Council 2023/24 Annual Audit Report, Audit Scotland,
October 2024.
Findings Evidence 
- life expectancy – both males and females from North
Lanarkshire have lower life expectancy and healthy life
expectancy than the Scotland average
- North Lanarkshire’s economic activity rate is below the
Scottish average 
- the number of children living in poverty in North
Lanarkshire remains significantly higher than the Scottish
average.
• Performance against the 28 Health indicators is embedded
within online documents on North Lanarkshire Council’s
website. This makes it difficult for the public to access and
understand how the council is performing or what impact it
is having locally. 
• Our 2023/24 Annual Audit Report for North Lanarkshire
Council recommended the council improve its public
performance reporting to provide its citizens and
communities with a clear summary of performance1. 
• The council has, during the course of this audit, added a
26-page document entitled ‘The North Lanarkshire context’
to the section of its website detailing The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. This document sets out trends for each of the
28 health indicators alongside in-depth commentary.
Although it provides rich information, it would benefit from
a high-level summary providing an at-a-glance overall
direction of travel (as is provided in papers to elected
members). It also remains difficult to find and would
benefit from a more appropriate title. 
• The council has advised that it is considering the
development of data dashboards as part of a short to
medium-term plan relating to data.
The council carries out
Equality Impact
Assessments for its major
programmes of work,
(including transformation
themes) and there are
examples of
comprehensive
community engagement
• The council has provided two examples of Equality Impact
Assessments (EIA) in relation to its transformation work –
for the Town and Community Hub Programme and the
Leadership and Operating model supporting the Hub
Programme.
• The Town and Community Hub Programme (2021), as
noted above, aims to replace all pre-1996 learning and
teaching establishments, creating efficiencies through
asset rationalisation. The EIA for the programme shows
wide-ranging community engagement, including with youth
Page 121 of 212

Page 122

Impact of transformation | 21 
Recommendation 2
The council should ensure that the reporting of progress against its 28
Health Check Indicators is more accessible to the public. 
Findings Evidence
taking place in relation to
these. 
Plans for ongoing
monitoring and
adaptations to service
delivery are being
factored into the council’s
Equality Impact
Assessment process. 
and disability forums and partnership groups, and
feedback from new mothers to support breastfeeding
friendly spaces. The council also drew on data sources
like SIMD, school estates statistics and capital allocations.
The EIA assesses both positive and negative impacts on
equality, socio-economic disadvantage and human rights,
with actions to mitigate adverse impacts. It also includes
detailed monitoring plans such as “you said, we did”
reporting and post- occupancy evaluations for each facility. 
• The Hub Programme aims to bring together staff, services
and community groups into one place to improve access
and outcomes. It is hoped the approach will reduce socio-
economic disadvantage in North Lanarkshire. The Hub
Programme EIA draws on a broad range of evidence
including census data, staff focus groups, community
consultation, as well as lived experience co-design with
local people. The EIA has considered groups that are
expected to be impacted positively by community hubs, as
well as the potential adverse impacts - such as challenges
hybrid working may pose for disabled workers - and clearly
sets out actions like flexible working to address
challenges. There are plans to carry out ongoing
monitoring and consultation with stakeholders at each
phase of implementation, and adaptations to be made to
service delivery accordingly. 
Page 122 of 212

Page 123

Appendix | 22 
Appendix
Improvement action plan
Issue/risk Recommendation
Agreed management
action/timing
1. Benefits realisation 
The council is developing a
benefits realisation tool. It does
not currently track or report
transformation benefits at project
level.
The council should prioritise
completion of its benefits
realisation framework and
incorporate reporting on both
financial and non-financial
benefits into regular
monitoring reports. Given the
financial challenges the
council is facing there is a
need to increasingly monitor
and track cost and benefits of
transformation projects. This
will help inform officers and
members of the extent to
which transformation projects
are delivering their intended
benefits.
Following the Framework
to the One Service Board
in March 2025,
arrangements are being
made to roll this out to all
of the other Programme
of Work Boards. 
Chief Officer (Strategy
and Engagement) 
June 2026
Page 123 of 212

Page 124

Appendix | 23 
Issue/risk Recommendation
Agreed management
action/timing
2. Improving public reporting
of progress against the 28
Health Check Indicators
The council uses 28 indicators to
monitor the impact of The Plan
for North Lanarkshire as a whole
and to determine whether places
and services are improving. 
A summary of the council’s
performance against its 28 health
check indicators is not easily
accessible to the public. 
This makes it difficult for the
public to find out and understand
how the council is performing or
what impact it is having locally. 
The council should ensure
that the reporting of progress
against its 28 Health Check
Indicators is more accessible
to the public. 
There is a dedicated
section within the
Programme of Work
pages on the website for
“Performance”, however
this is under re
development to ensure it
captures, and provides
access to, all relevant
and already existing
council and Programme
of Work performance
reporting in the one
place. This will include
regular updates on the
28 health check
indicators in a way that is
meaningful to the reader. 
Chief Officer (Strategy
and Engagement) 
June 2026   
Page 124 of 212

Page 125

North Lanarkshire Council 
Best Value thematic management report 
Transformation: how councils are redesigning and
delivering more efficient services to achieve planned
outcomes 
Audit Scotland, 4th Floor, 102 West Port, Edinburgh EH3 9DN
Phone: 0131 625 1500 Email: info@audit.scot
www.audit.scot 
AS.5.0
Page 125 of 212

Page 126

Page 126 of 212

Page 127

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref GT/GR Date 25/09/25 
Digital and IT Strategy 2024-27 update as at September 2025 
From  Greg Telfer, Chief Officer (Finance & Technology)  
E-mail telferg@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07583 010692 
Executive Summary
Since 2019, the council has been actively delivering the vision for a Digital North Lanarkshire
to support the ambition set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire, with proposals to achieve
Digital Communities, a Digital Economy, and a Digital Council providing the focus for activities.
To guide and support the drive for a Digital North Lanarkshire, a five-year Digital and IT
Strategy was established and approved in June 2019. This was subsequently kept under
review and regularly updated to ensure it remained current and relevant in the modern digital
world. 
With the Programme of Work to 2028 and seven priorities for delivery approved in March
2023, the opportunity was taken to realign the Digital and IT Strategy accordingly to firmly
establish what it means to be digital, moving from ‘doing’ digital to ‘being’ digital, reaffirming
that digital delivery, and therefore the Council’s digital vision, is everyone’s business. 
A three-year Digital and IT Strategy (‘the Strategy’) was therefore developed for 2024 to 2027
to provide a clear direction and ensure a common shared understanding of the journey that
needs to be taken to achieve a Digital North Lanarkshire. This also makes it clear how digital
will support delivery of the other six Programme of Work priorities and where resources need
to be targeted through a one council approach. 
Following approval of the Digital and IT Strategy for 2024 to 2027 at the Policy and Strategy
Committee in March 2024, six-monthly updates have been submitted.  This report therefore
follows on from the six-monthly updates considered by the Committee in September 2024 and
March 2025. 
It should further be noted that following the disaggregation of the former service of Business
and Digital, the Digital and IT Strategy is now owned by the Finance and Technology service.
Recommendations
It is recommended that Policy and Strategy Committee:
(1) Acknowledge the six-monthly update as at September 2025 on the implementation
of the Digital and IT Strategy for 2024 to 2027 set out in this report.
(2) Approve a revised timescale of reporting on the Digital and IT Strategy to annually
given that the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work is also due to report on
a six-monthly basis and will contain significant cross over with updates on
implementation of the strategy. This adjustment would ensure that both the Digital
Item 7
Page 127 of 212

Page 128

1. Background 
1.1 As Members are aware the vision for a Digital North Lanarkshire, with investment
targeted in digital and technological solutions that will be of most benefit to the people
and communities of North Lanarkshire, aims to help realise inclusive growth and
prosperity for all in line with the council’s long-term ambition in The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. 
1.2 Digital North Lanarkshire is one of seven priorities within the Programme of Work for
2023 to 2028. Through the delivery of the Digital North Lanarkshire priority, Programme
of Work activities underway are focussing on developing a skilled digital workforce,
promoting an innovative sustainable culture, and providing digital leadership for an
evolving North Lanarkshire. 
1.3 In March 2024, Policy and Strategy Committee approved the Digital and IT Strategy for
2024 to 2027. The Strategy is key to providing the direction to deliver a Digital North
Lanarkshire which looks to build on successes achieved to date while embedding digital
thinking into everyday behaviours and actions to ultimately embrace a ‘digital first’
approach to service delivery. 
1.4 At the Policy and Strategy Committee in March 2024 a commitment was made to
ensure that the Digital and IT Strategy for 2024 to 2027 would be kept under review
during its lifecycle with an annual update of implementation progress reported to the
Policy and Strategy Committee. However, at that time Members of the Committee
requested that the strategy be the subject of six-monthly reporting, with this report
therefore representing the third in a series of updates on the council’s progress in
achieving the digital aspirations set out in the Strategy. 
1.5 Following the disaggregation of Business and Digital the majority of staffing and budget
have moved to Finance and Technology, however, strong links remain between these
services, for instance data governance tasks predominately now reside with Legal &
Democratic; Business change and public digital engagement including linked
programme of work ambitions are with Strategy and Engagement. The following table
highlights the impact of the disaggregation of the former Business and Digital service: 
New Service Area FTE Contracts Budget
Finance & Technology 85.5% 96%
Strategy & Engagement 13.3% 4%
Legal & Democratic 1.2% - 
North Lanarkshire Programme of Work and the Digital and IT Strategy areas are
reported annually, providing a more streamlined and cohesive overview of progress
and strategic alignment.
(3) Endorse the next steps outlined herein.
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement (18) Ensure our digital transformation is responsive to all people's
needs and enable access to the services they need
Programme of Work Digital North Lanarkshire
Page 128 of 212

Page 129

1.6 The four Digital themes have continued to develop as the Programme of Work has
evolved and consideration is now being given to how best take these forward as we
proceed towards the second half of the delivery timescales. It is likely that consolidation
of the themes will be proposed while still retaining the key objectives and developing
the delivery outcomes. This will also be likely to influence future iterations of the Digital
and It Strategy. 
• Digital Culture, Leadership and Knowledge
• Improved Customer Experience
• Digital First Operations
• Performance Optimisation 
2. Digital and IT Strategy for 2024 to 2027 
2.1 The council’s Programme of Work to 2028 sets out plans for a Digital North Lanarkshire
to increase the scale and pace of change and achieve coherence across all areas of
work. It represents the delivery arm of the Digital and IT Strategy, ensuring that focus
is retained on our Digital Communities, Digital Economy, and Digital Council
aspirations. 
2.2 For the Digital and IT Strategy, this means embedding digital thinking into everyday
delivery, embracing digital technology to do business significantly differently, and
always considering a digital-first approach. This requires a focus on skills, culture,
design, and empowerment of the workforce, all of which are being progressed through
the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work themes. 
2.3 The Digital and IT Strategy recognises that technology can offer so many benefits for
the people and communities in North Lanarkshire - it can support people to live
independently in their own homes, it can enable seamless end to end processes to fulfil
requests for service, it can mean vulnerable people get more joined up help when it
really matters, it can provide a way to better use data to monitor and manage demand
and improve the delivery of services to the public. It is key to connecting people and
communities with place and improving their quality of life by providing access to new
opportunities, new ways of working, learning, and doing business, and new ways to
ensure quicker and easier access to essential care, supports, and services. 
2.4 As such, the key points that shaped the development of the Strategy are summarised
below:
• Ensuring a shared context and common shared understanding in terms of what it
means to be digital, what the Digital and IT Strategy aims to achieve and how, and
within what context is this to be delivered (i.e. the context within the council and
across North Lanarkshire and the wider local government environment).
• Having strategic principles in place to guide behaviours and actions and ensure
that being digital is everyone’s business. This includes establishing the business
and digital capabilities critical to the success of the Strategy.
• Making it real - firmly establishing what digital transformation actually means and
how it can make a difference to people’s lives and support the transformation of
North Lanarkshire’s communities. To do this, digital transformation must be seen
as the means to a clearly defined end; not the end in itself.
• Delivering digital solutions safely and securely, within an environment where rapid
technological advancements bring increased vulnerability to cybersecurity threats
and the need to prioritise digital security measures.
• Reiterating that communication, enabling transformation within existing resources,
Page 129 of 212

Page 130

and enhancing skills are critical to the successful deployment of the new Strategy.
As such, these are reflected in the Strategy itself in terms of the next steps and key
areas for delivery during 2025/26 through the supporting Digital North Lanarkshire
Programme of Work 
2.5 In recognising Policy and Strategy Committee’s remit to oversee the delivery of the
Council’s transformational and digitisation programmes and projects, progress against
the six Digital and IT Strategy principles for the period to September 2025 is
summarised below, with further details available within Appendix two. 
It is further noted that following the approval by Policy and Strategy Committee on 13
March 2025, work to provide digital connectivity to every property in our social housing
portfolio is underway.  This has the potential to be massively impactful across the six
digital principles, increasing digital connectivity, inclusivity, and promoting digital first. 
In addition, its potential for impact across service delivery is also a key consideration
where all service areas who interact with or have potential to interact with these
residents, have the opportunity to review their operating model and consider how this
can be used to increase efficiency, improve delivery and open up new opportunities to
innovate in the types of services and supports provided.  This promotes the
organisation in being innovative, adaptable and requires employees to be at the
forefront of business change. 
1. Employees first
The council is committed to developing its staff and creating opportunities to attract
and retain talent identified through workforce plans. 
Achieved so far: Development and/or delivery of a wide range of tools and enabling
technologies to assist employees in efficiently managing their workloads and
meetings. These include:
• Development of streamlined Purchase to Pay system, creating efficiencies,
reducing the risk of errors and creating the foundation for the development of
e-invoicing.
• Iterative deployment of PowerBI dashboards which illustrate staffing
demographics at the touch of a button.
• Embedding of Microsoft Teams Calls Etiquette adopted across the organisation. 
• Embedding of Microsoft O365 native functionality continues, supporting
efficiency in daily activities, functions such as MS Lists and Planner are being
used to aid individuals’ work planning and processes, whilst MS Forms and
Loop are supporting collaborative working.
• Enhancing ‘hybrid’ meeting and collaboration experience through deploying
‘neat’ board technology across the office estate. 
• Document management and sharing continues to function well with adoption of
practices sharing “links” to OneDrive, SharePoint are reducing emailing of
documents and further supporting collaborative working.
• Tentatively introducing AI support technologies, with basic CoPilot functionality
supported in the Edge Browser.
• Year-long pilot of enhanced email protective technology in place, which is
expected to reduce data loss risk to the organisation.
• Move to Window11 OS across estate progresses well and is expected to
achieve the October end of standard Microsoft support date for c13,000 schools
and 6,000 corporate devices, with extended support expected on c400 devices. 
2. Digital first
Page 130 of 212

Page 131

Digital First approaches become mainstream across the organisation with digital
default, and hub-based access and services, replacing traditional channels. 
Achieved so far: Appendix 2 highlights recent developments delivered in support
of achieving digital first. These include:
• Processes / services available for public interaction on the council website has
further increased with the new Garden Waste Permit scheme generating
approximately £1.5million annually for the council.
• Improvements to the Chat bot functionality have been developed to make the
process easier for customers to interact with the bot and provide feedback at
the end of the conversation with the customer. Updates and enhancements
made by services to our website content have significantly improved the
chatbot’s ability to resolve the majority of engaged sessions.  
• Further development of our Complaints process aims to make it easier and more
accessible for complaints to be logged. 
• Further investigation of potential opportunities for automation being explored.
• Development of proof of concept for Crisis grants on-line. 
3. Inclusive
People, businesses, and communities need to have the means to thrive online and
be able to work, learn, access information and services, and connect with other
people and organisations every day. They need to be consulted with when it comes
to significant transformations that are being made to the services they rely on, and
they need efficient ways to access council services and get what they need at the
first point of contact. 
Achieved so far: Appendix 2 highlights recent developments delivered to support
digital inclusion. These include:
• Extension of Public Wi-Fi roll-out with over 120 locations now operational, with
over 42,000 individual registered users, averaging 14,000 connections per day
with a peak of 3,500 concurrent users. A small number of sites remain to be
finished over the coming 2 months
• Following consultation and co-production with service users, new digital zones
within the Community Hubs at Buchanan Centre and Chryston High School are
operational, including assistive technologies such as ZoomText (screen
magnifier), JAWS (screen reader program), large keyboards and screens.
• The four Immersive experience facilities continue to grow their use and creating
opportunities for services to facilitate digital skills development, health and
wellbeing improvement, social skills development, attainment of knowledge,
and pathways to future learning and employment.  One recent success has
been that of small local businesses hiring rooms for use in delivering a unique
Yoga experiences, Airdrie played host to a series of yoga classes, delivered in
partnership with The Warrior Yoga Project - sessions focused on resilience
based yoga for Veterans and First Responders, the other a more relaxed
session for over 50 and/or those overcoming long illnesses. In addition,
Motherwell Library's Immersive Room in partnership with Yoga by Gillian had
four taster session over the summer and as of this week a series of yoga
sessions will be delivered on Monday evenings and Saturday mornings.
• Working with colleagues from Libraries we are currently evaluating a unique
Astronomical experience, by integrating the Airdrie Astronomical observatory
telescope with the rooms.  Initially this would provide access within the Airdrie
immersive room to both live and recorded images, but the intention is to make
that available across all four rooms, providing access for people who potentially
Page 131 of 212

Page 132

have never had such before.   This is an exciting and groundbreaking proposal
that would be unique within the UK.  
• Continued delivery of the inter-generational project across the Council area – to
encourage residents to see first-hand where technology adoption can be
beneficial and enriching, most recent outcomes will be reported to next
Communities Committee. 
4. Innovative
The council innovates with high functioning analytics for problem solving. 
Employees will make best use of digital tools and solutions available to manage
demand, enhance ways of working and productivity, and optimise service delivery.
Insights and evidence are essential to support informed decision making and
service planning. Data analytics and predictive algorithms should be easy to
access and to use every day to help identify, analyse, and anticipate problems. 
Achieved so far: Appendix 2 highlights some of the recent innovative approaches
implemented. These include:
• Creation of on-line portal and change roadmap for Business Change to assist
with ideas, insights and a range of tools to help those leading, managing and
implementing change in their own areas.
• A one council approach to training in the use of Power Bi is being developed,
commencing with two pilot training sessions in August 2025.  This will lead to a
single corporate approach to training across the organisation supported by an
operating framework and ongoing programme of training through the year in
order to ensure consistent arrangements in the use, interpretation, and reporting
of data to meet the needs of each respective audience and support informed
decision making.
• Our Service Now Platform is a cloud-based workflow automation platform
designed to manage and support our organisation’s digital workflows for
enterprise operations. It is used as the primary IT Service Management tool and
maintains IT asset and configuration databases. The current instance of NLC’s
ServiceNow platform was inherited from the council’s previous Service Delivery
Partner, Wipro, where it had been extensively customised  which has resulted
in challenges in the ongoing support and development of the platform.  All
processes are now being reviewed and a clean “Out-of-the-box" instance has
been made available free of charge by ServiceNow with the intention to
complete a migration to this before year end to aid efficiency, performance
reporting and provide analytical tools to assess and manage failure demand.
The use of the HR Service portal by the Employee Service Centre (also on
ServiceNow platform) continues to be rolled out, with approx. 9,600 employees
now enrolled with the pilot for school staff due to end mid-September with an
expectation for all staff enrolled before year end.
• Following the reset of the IT portal, the intention for 2026 is to move to a single
employee portal that will host IT and HR service requests for the full
organisation.
• Through funding secured by the strategic capital programme, a fund of
£500,000 has been secured for digital innovation in service delivery, with budget
spread across the next 3 years.  This is supported by a complementary fund for
resource capacity in delivering said innovation.  The funds are managed by
Finance & Technology with assessments of proposals via the well-established
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group.  The process was launched in June
2025 with several services currently carrying out their own assessments before
submitting a formal proposal. 
Page 132 of 212

Page 133

5. Adaptable
The council’s technology, workforce, and public spaces are flexible and adaptable
to change. 
Achieved so far: Appendix 2 highlights recent developments to support this
principle. These include:
• Using 5G to deploy IoT (Internet of Things) sensors to circa. 40 properties as
part of a ‘smart and connected social places’ initiative and funded via Glasgow
City Region successful Department of Science, Innovation and Technology
(DSIT) bid. This innovative project aims to measure the effectiveness of Zero
Carbon build technologies whilst also developing understanding of residential
energy and environmental use within a home. Ultimately informing the
organisation of the most efficient ways to insulate and power homes.
• Investigations continue into the use of the Gladstone MRM booking system,
(currently used in Active & Creative for gym class and pitch bookings), as a tool
for booking of community hub spaces and bookable desks.  The ambition is to
use the Active NL app for staff and third parties to be able to book these facilities,
potential benefits exist through the cross pollination of interests across different
stakeholder groups, i.e. pushing notices of available classes to staff, or to the
public of other local facilities they may not be aware of.   
• As highlighted in section three above, the use of public spaces is being adapted
to support communities to thrive online, with digital zones and immersive
experience pods now available in buildings across the authority area.
• These provide examples of the organisations continued embedding of its
Leadership and Operating model principles, supporting collaborative
governance and community empowerment with its strategic priorities. 
6. Connected
The council is highly connected with other organisations.  The council recognises
that digitisation delivers better benefits through collaborative approaches. 
Achieved so far: Appendix 2 highlights recent developments to support the
council’s drive to enhance connectivity. These include: 
• Continued participation in the Scotland-wide data agreement project.
• Collaborating with the Digital Office for Scotland on the development of the
Target Operating Model for the Digital ‘To Be’ State using the framework of
Workforce, Process, Information and Technology.
• Participating in the Glasgow City Region funded Connected region initiative
(DSIT) where mobile coverage sensors for the four main mobile networks were
deployed to lorries within our waste fleet, creating a referenceable signal
strength and coverage mapping.   This provides us with invaluable information
when considering planning requests and informs wider connectivity strategies.
As an example the following graphic demonstrates the results of this for
Vodafone utilising Whatsapp Wishaw, Craigneuk and Netherton, highlighting
areas of service failure that can fed back to the relevant network providers: 
Page 133 of 212

Page 134

• 
Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work 
2.6 The Digital and IT Strategy is being delivered through the Digital North Lanarkshire
Programme of Work to 2028. As members are aware, the Strategy and related
Programme of Work (PoW) contain 12 key deliverables and 52 projects/activities, with
all categorised as: (a) Digital Culture, Leadership and Knowledge; (b) Improved
Customer Experience; (c) Digital First Operations or (d) Performance Optimisation, as
illustrated within Appendix 1. 
2.7 Throughout 2025/26 to date these deliverables and projects / activities have been
monitored through the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work Strategic Board
via a corporate quarterly monitoring process; applied consistently across all seven
Programme of Work priorities. Such monitoring requires designated officers to consider
delivery against six dimensions (scope, cost / budget, quality, resources, risk, and within
time / on schedule), and to also advise of % completed status of each project / activity. 
2.8 An overview of progress against the 12 high-level deliverables, and therefore the
practical implementation of the Digital and IT Strategy to date, is set out in Appendix 2.
This is summarised below (note, calculations are based on the 52 actions in the delivery
plan). 
2.9  In terms of the overall completed status of the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of 
Work:
• 100% of the 52 actions in the delivery plan supporting the 12 high level deliverables
have commenced to the initial stages.  This is an increase from 98% as at March
2025, and 94% as at June 2024. 
All actions have commenced and:
• 37% of delivery plan actions are complete or at the final closure stage (an increase
from 16% as at March 2025 and 8% as at June 2024).
• 50% of delivery plan actions have reached the delivery and ongoing management
and monitoring stage.
• 13% have reached the planning and set up stage. 
2.10 In terms of delivery within the six dimensions (i.e. scope, cost / budget, quality,
Page 134 of 212

Page 135

resources, risk, and within time / on schedule): 
Of those commenced:
• 37% of delivery plan actions have been assigned a Blue RAG status.  
• 46% of the deliverables have been assigned a Green RAG status.
• 17% of the deliverables have been assigned an Amber RAG status; additional
commentary is included in the update provided in Appendix 2. 
Next steps 
2.11 The implementation of the recommendations from the One Place One Plan governance
report approved at the Policy and Strategy Committee in September 2024, were
complete in April 2025 with the transition of technology solutions to newly formed
Finance and Technology Service.  As a result, a review of the projects and activities
supporting the themes contained within the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of
Work of a) Digital Culture, Leadership and Knowledge; (b) Improved Customer
Experience; (c) Digital First Operations or (d) Performance Optimisation is due for
completion during early September 2025.  This will ensure that clear plans, integrations
and dependencies are in place to move into the latter part of 2025/26 without any
disruption to delivering the priorities. 
2.12 As expected, the review identified that there is a significant cross over between the
activities contained within the Digital and IT Strategy and the Digital North Lanarkshire
Programme of Work with both scheduled to have six-monthly updates at Policy and
Strategy Committee.  It is now recommended that each report will be prepared annually
with each report being prepared six months apart to ensure six-monthly reporting of the
Council’s digital ambitions to Committee. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 Success with be measured through the delivery of the activities associated with the four
sub-groups of the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work Strategic Board. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 - Roadmap to a Digital North Lanarkshire.
4.2 Appendix 2 - Summary of progress in delivering the Digital North Lanarkshire
Programme of Work 
Greg Telfer 
Chief Officer (Finance & Technology)
Page 135 of 212

Page 136

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
An Equality / Fairer Scotland Duty Impact Assessment was undertaken when
developing the Digital and IT Strategy 2024 to 2027. This assessment highlighted
key impacts may exist for older people, low-income groups, those with a disability,
and people who are homeless, asylum seekers or whose first language is
something other than English 
This strategy aims to place digital at the heart of what people do on a day-to-day
basis. There is a recognition that the needs of certain vulnerable groups require to
be considered throughout the journey to a digital environment. The strategy
ensures that no one is digitally excluded and there is an opportunity to improve
people’s lives by using digital solutions, technology, and skills. 
Given that deliverables aim to improve the connectivity and accessibility of North
Lanarkshire as a place, and the ability of local people and communities to gain the
skills and confidence required to help them benefit from the opportunities of being
digitally connected, the activities detailed throughout this report positively address
the impacts which were identified during the assessment. By placing people at the
centre of the strategy and the Driving Digital Locally digital subgroup continuing to
play its key role in enabling local communities to participate in designing and
deploying modern council services and ensuring that no one is left behind or
digitally excluded, this will ultimately have an impact to advance the general
equality duty to eliminate discrimination, improve equality of opportunity and foster
good relations to tackle a diverse range of issues and challenges. For example, the
work being carried out through the IPAD/intergenerational project has improved
elderly residents’ access to and understanding of technology within their
community. This alongside deployment of improved connectivity, Public Wi-Fi, and
Digital Community Services (the online mapping tool) all positively address the
impacts of digital exclusion within North Lanarkshire’s communities. 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments/chief-executives-eqia/digital-and-it-
strategy-equality-impact-assessment 
Yes ☒ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The Digital and IT Strategy recognises that change must be enabled within existing
financial resources, with work in support of this progressing through the Performance
Optimisation sub-theme. 
Page 136 of 212

Page 137

5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work has collaboration and self-
service at the heart of its design principles, with all appropriately reflected within
both internal and external communications.
The Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work also envisages significant
changes to applications, software, hardware, and connectivity, with all duly
considered for security, compliance, Digital First, and Enterprise Architecture
perspectives through the key governance groups of the Enterprise Architecture
Governance Group (EAGG) and Data Governance Board (DGB). 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Providing digital services that offer online, anytime access to services will have a
positive environmental impact across several important areas such as minimising
Page 137 of 212

Page 138

waste and recycling, thanks to the limited need for paper forms.
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Communications activities are detailed within the report.
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
Effective identification and management of risk is considered critical to the success
of this programme, with all required processes strictly followed, and all high-level
risks and issues regularly reported to the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of
Work Strategic Board through regular reviews of the Programme Board PULSE.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
As noted in the report to Policy and Strategy Committee in March 2024, a
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment was undertaken and the key
findings in this respect include that implementation of the Digital and IT Strategy
2024 to 2027 is considered to have an indirect impact as the strategy is not directly
aimed at children but will have an impact on them. In particular, article 2 (non-
discrimination) and article 23 (children with a disability). It is recognised that the
rights of the child, and the needs of certain groups, require to be considered
throughout the journey to a Digital North Lanarkshire. The Strategy aims to ensure
that no one is digitally excluded and there is opportunity to improve people’s lives
though digital technology, solutions, and skills. 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☒ No ☐
Page 138 of 212

Page 139

APPENDIX 1
Roadmap to a Digital North Lanarkshire 
Page 139 of 212

Page 140

APPENDIX 2
Summary of progress in delivering the Digital North Lanarkshire Programme of Work 
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
Digital North Lanarkshire
Digital culture,
leadership, and
knowledge
Create a mature and sustainable
culture across the organisation to
ensure that digitisation of council
services provided to the public
successfully transition them to
achieve the outcomes specified
within The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. 
Sep-23 Dec-25 Green At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
3 out of the 8 projects / activities within this deliverable are now
completed (as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• Research was completed to understand the five steps to change in
preparation for digital maturity assessment.
• Outputs from the health and social care digital maturity work was
shared with the digital culture, leadership, and knowledge activity
group to inform the council's digital maturity assessment.
• The digital maturity assessment has been undertaken with the digital
culture, leadership, and knowledge activity group. 
To further support the digital maturity assessment, an overview of
progress to date from the Digital Culture, Leadership and Knowledge
theme was reported to Finance and Resources Committee in November
2024 (link).  This focussed on the digital adoption work and a digital
maturity assessment survey with staff which examined digital adoption
across services (particularly the use of M365) and provided greater
insights into current thinking in terms of the council’s readiness for
change / digital adoption - where 82% of respondents agreed in this
respect and recognised the alignment of change and transformation with
the priorities set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire.  There was also a
recognition that the tools available have enhanced team collaboration as
well as enhancing individual efficiency and productivity. Accessing
support for the adoption of new technologies, particularly those under-25,
was highlighted an area to be further investigated, as well as further
support that could be given to employees as part of the digital culture
change activities. 
Workshops have been held and a development plan established that will
give this theme a focus on engagement and communication, digital
champions / leaders, training and support, competencies, and etiquette. 
Other activities underway includes:
• Providing feedback to the digital survey (e.g. by way of you said, we
did) and the actions implemented and carrying out a follow up survey
Page 140 of 212

Page 141

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
which will hereinafter be undertaken on an annual basis. This will
include a mechanism to assess increase in response rate from one
year to the next and whether actions implemented have resulted in
improvement.  The you said, we did communications will take the
form of varying formats and content suitable for the respective
audience. 
• Establishing a formal digital communications plan setting out actions
over a 12-month period to raise digital awareness across the
organisation.
• Investigating a rebranding of digital to encourage staff to place digital
at the forefront of day-to-day tasks.
• Reviewing industry best practice in terms of digital communication
and engagement and identifying ways in which to improve digital
awareness and adoption.
• Establishing a model to report on progress in terms of the transition to
a sustainable positive digital culture across the organisation. 
Digital culture,
leadership, and
knowledge
Develop digital leaders to facilitate
behavioural change required to
enable service transformation
within existing resources. 
Nov-23 Dec-25 Green At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
1 out of the 4 projects / activities within this deliverable are now
completed (as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• Research and current thinking was completed into digital champions /
leaders to understand the skills required for a digital leader in order to
build and lead teams, keep people connected and engaged, and
drive a culture of innovation, learning, and continuous improvement. 
This has supported development of a competency framework and a
review of leadership development programmes to incorporate digital
capabilities. 
Other activities underway include:
• Development of a Competencies Framework based on available
models with defined levels (self-assurance and associated learning
plan), including links to relevant training / guidance to feed into the
development of an employee self-assessment tool.
• A review of the role of a Digital Champion / Leader to establish a
suitable role profile aligning with service requirements to better
support digital transformation.
• Reviewing options for resource optimisation and the introduction of
incentives, protected time and/or dedicated employees for the Digital
Champion / Leader role, to enable enhanced digital support for
services. 
Page 141 of 212

Page 142

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
Due to competing demands, the end date has been moved to December
2025 to enable a more in-depth and co-ordinated approach; a
subsequent risk review considered there was no significant impact on the
overall work plan in this respect. 
Digital culture,
leadership, and
knowledge
Develop and deploy a self-adapting
redesign framework to accelerate
digital business transformation of
critical council functions. 
Sep-23 Mar-24 Blue Completed or
at closure
stage.
Upon completion, the change management toolkit portal was
demonstrated at the Programme of Work Board in December 2024.
Digital culture,
leadership, and
knowledge
Support development of a skilled
workforce to foster consistent
knowledge, improve digital
adoption, and accelerate digital-first
business capabilities.
Mar-24 Mar-26 Green At planning
and set up
stage.
1 out of the 5 projects / activities within this deliverable is now completed
(as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• Work is complete to measure and evaluate impact of whole service /
authority transformation change to digitise systems and inform future
user experience. 
Other activities underway include:
• Developing digital guidance to ensure documentation remains
accurate, relevant, and encourages digital engagement, and updating
the existing Code of Conduct training course to enhance awareness.
• Developing a self-help portal / channel to enable staff to promote
shared experience and knowledge across the organisation.
• Establishing an action plan to progress a self-assessment tool (via
Microsoft Forms), which incorporates outcomes from the
Competencies Framework, to enable staff to understand their current
level of digital skills and undertake further learning as required.
• Establishing protocols (including product ownership and governance)
for linkages to training videos on external portals (e.g. You Tube,
Google), and processes to ensure resources remain live / up to date.
Improved
customer
experience
Ensure a connected / integrated
digital experience to facilitate users
to transition to efficient digital and
hub-based services and become
empowered to be self-managing
and digitally active. 
Apr-23 Dec-25 Green At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
5 out of the 6 projects / activities within this deliverable are now
completed (as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• Systems and portals expanded to enable residents to engage, report,
request, and pay for services and the council website now includes
MOT / taxi compliance, roads and streetlighting reports and requests,
waste service requests, traffic signal reports, and the ability to apply
and pay for permits and business grant applications online.
• Redevelopments of the customer relationship management (CRM)
system is completed, enhancing processes for staff to route enquiries
to the relevant service and improve cross service working and
thereby a one council approach.  
Page 142 of 212

Page 143

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
• Chat bot functionality went live on the council’s website in October
2024 to enable residents to receive automated responses or to chat
to an advisor.
• This functionality was enabled by the design and development of
artificial intelligence capable of generating text, images, or other
media (using generative models).
• The council’s purchase to pay system - as reported to the Finance
and Resources Committee in September 2024 (link) - has been
redesigned to introduce a standardised approach that ensures a
consistent way of working across the council, maximises system
integration opportunities, removes / reduces paper based processes,
implements electronic invoicing and three way matching, and
improves management information.  Purchase to Pay refers to the
end-to-end process in which goods and services are purchased and
ultimately paid for; this includes all steps from identifying the need for
goods and services through to paying a supplier.   
Other activities underway include:
• Establishing a roadmap to identify the redesign requirement for
services to support the transition to the council’s future operating
model in hubs, for this a full review and reset of projects and activities
is expected to be presented to the Board in August 2025 for sign off
and next steps. 
Workshops have been held and a development plan is in progress to 
give this theme a focus on communication, digital inclusion, online
services, and innovation (including AI).
Improved
customer
experience
Implement smart community hubs
to improve access to omni-channel,
digitally enabled services, and
experiences. 
Sep-23 Mar-26 Green At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
1 out of the 3 projects / activities within this deliverable is now completed
(as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• All four immersive experience rooms have been upgraded and/or
developed and are fully operational. These aim to enhance digital
experiences within a community and beyond and have a positive
impact on digital skills and community groups. Community use in
Motherwell and Summerlee is extensive and is building in Airdrie
which came on stream at the start of 2025.  Reports submitted to
Communities Committee in October 2024 (link) and August 2025
(link) have provided updates on the developments and their impacts.   
Other activities underway include:
• Public consultation on the resources and services required in digital
Page 143 of 212

Page 144

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
zones is now complete and data has been reviewed to establish
requirements for individuals with additional support needs; adaptive
technology has been purchased and installed in both digital zones. 
The use and effectiveness of this technology is being kept under
review to ensure there are no barriers to accessing digital services.
• A model to enable customers to book computers has now been
implemented and this is being monitored for usage and effectiveness.
• Six monthly reports to the Communities Committee - in August 2024
(link), February 2025 (link) - have provided regular updates to support
wider public and stakeholder engagement.  This includes information
in respect of progress of the Driving Digital Locally working group, the
intergenerational projects which bring together elderly residents and
local primary schools, engagement for the digital zones, the public wi-
fi project, online chatbot tool, and the booking system.
• The Driving Digital Locally Intergenerational project was a winner at
the Municipal Journal Achievement Awards 2025 (link). This project
bridges the digital divide by offering older residents personalised,
one-on-one training sessions with young people, teaching them about
digital technology.  Feedback from the residents found that 90% of
those who took part reported feeling confident using their new digital
skills. They also said they learned much more from the young digital
leaders because the atmosphere was fun and relaxed.
Improved
customer
experience
Ensure an accessible and single
source approach to data that
supports the organisation by
providing insights and evidence that
support decision making, planning,
delivery, and continuous
improvement as well as public
reporting and transparency.
Oct-24 Dec-25 Green At planning
and set up
stage.
This deliverable previously comprised four activities which have been
reconfigured into one to ensure a more streamlined, focussed,
integrated, and value adding approach to data across the organisation. 
To date development work has scoped out the purpose and content of
the strategy and identified the relevant existing component parts which
require to be incorporated as well as any gaps which require to be filled. 
Engagement is currently underway with industry experts in the field of
building and improving the technical foundations to support a single data
strategy that incorporates all related aspects of data, including
governance, quality, data maturity, spatial mapping, open data, and the
supporting architecture and technology.
Digital first
operations
Ensure useful, secure, compliant,
and digital first applications are
available to support critical but
streamlined service delivery. 
Jan-23 Mar-28 Amber At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
1 out of the 9 projects / activities within this deliverable is now completed
(as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• The first phase, captured by this activity in terms of the Finance
Systems Review, is now complete. This has reviewed the tools and
products currently deployed to support the council’s financial
Page 144 of 212

Page 145

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
management arrangements and identified and assessed options for
longer-term suitability, as well as opportunities to deploy efficient and
effective automation and self-service.  The recommendations arising
from this will inform the phase 2 actions and workstreams to be
added to the Programme of Work Delivery Plan. 
Other activities underway include:
• Contract award for a new housing and asset management system - to
improve data management, monitoring, and service delivery across
housing - approved at the Housing Committee in November 2024
(link).  Contract mobilisation meeting held along with further system
demonstrations. Discovery, scoping, and configuration workshops
have commenced, and data cleansing is progressing in preparation
for the data migration.
• New case management and scheduling system across social care -
to meet statutory obligations and to improve service delivery and
performance management - is progressing with staff training now
complete.  Plans were in the final stages to implement the first phase
of Mosaic by the end of 2024/25, however following queries raised
through testing, the go live date has been pushed into later in 2025.
• In September 2024, Policy and Strategy Committee considered the
new Automation and Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI)
Framework (link).  This sets out the council’s AI vision for deploying
the technology in an efficient and effective manner in order to support
implementation of the AI vision through new digital service delivery
models and solutions designed to meet the needs of modern
businesses and communities.  Next steps developments are
underway to develop a plan to identify opportunities for AI functions
and deliver the framework.
• Implementation of a leisure and facilities booking systems, including
integration with hub place bookings and introduction of compliant and
secure payment facilities that accommodate home and agile working
arrangements, are progressing with a contract in place and initial
supplier meetings held.  Services have been migrated to latest
version of cloud system with rollout of new pay terminals and
installation of gated entry systems underway.  However, roll out of
new chip and pin at leisure centres remained behind schedule due to
resource allocation to Windows 11 upgrades.  The Hub based
booking system had been postponed due to resource availability, but
Page 145 of 212

Page 146

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
a dedicated resource is now in place to progress this work.
• In relation to the development a portfolio of existing case
management systems across the council and using the results to
establish a process and timeline for assessing existing solutions and
new requests, latest activity has included establishing the criteria for
classification and assessment of case management systems
including functionality, costs and licensing, maintenance and support,
integration, security, and performance.  Next steps will include
developing a process to assess applications and future requirements.
• A report in respect of the asset management practices across the
organisation was submitted to the Finance and Resources Committee
in September 2024 (link).  This updated on progress in respect of
consolidating as many assets on to a single solution as possible and
reducing the number of business systems used across the council to
manage assets.  This also advised of the next steps in respect of a
review underway to drive forward the consolidation of assets, both
physical and technology (system) related.
• Implementation of a new cloud-based Microsoft Teams integrated
solution, incorporating virtual voice and digital assistant functionality
is underway in relation to the build and testing of a new unified
comms platform and service migrations. Schools are complete, and
e-mail blending fallback for customer services hub and employee
service centre to Netcall complete, 50% of contact centre services
migrations complete and schedule in place to complete remaining by
October.  However, reporting issues are delaying migrations and
contract with Netcall extended to June 2026. 
• Work is progressing to create a catalogue of standardised online
technology catalogues to enable council service areas to determine
digital solutions matching their requirements and enable self-service
Digital first
operations
Facilitate fibre-enabled innovation
to maximise the full potential of
Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial
Intelligence (AI) technologies in
service delivery. 
Apr-23 Mar-28 Amber At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
4 out of the 8 projects / activities within this deliverable are now
completed (as noted below), and for the remainder delivery is underway.
• Implementation of procured Wide Area Network solution and
associated technical functionality (such as internet breakout services
and continued development and deployment of fibre across North
Lanarkshire) is complete and an update was reported to the Finance
and Resources Committee in February 2025 (link) in this respect.
• Plan has been established to enable internet access for temporary
accommodation properties and a call off contract is now in place.
Page 146 of 212

Page 147

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
• Smart Park schemes to gather data within park settings is now
operational at Palacerigg Country Park and Strathclyde Country Park
with units active (and on renewables) and fibre connected, meaning
that the data capture process is ongoing.  
• Four immersive rooms are now live at Airdrie Library, Motherwell
Library, Summerlee Museum, and Muirfield Community Centre with
services available to the public and partners.  These comprise the
latest sensory technology to provide support, in such areas as mental
health and employability) across North Lanarkshire. 
Other activities underway include:
• Work in respect of enhancing fibre availability across North
Lanarkshire to provide internet access to residents.
• Work to deliver and manage a council-wide public Wi-Fi service had
experienced capacity issues which meant the work had to be
rebaselined. This includes a redesign for the schools environment
which is currently being tested.
• Identifying opportunities to use the Internet of Things technology and
establish a framework for use, including an adequate governance
model.
• Work to create a digital infrastructure development toolkit and
associated processes to enable third party commercial connectivity
providers to deliver services across the council involves discussions
with Glascow City Council to investigate the potential to re-use an
existing process used in their infrastructure model.
Digital first
operations
Transition from using paper-based
storage to a digital solution for
retaining appropriate council
information.
Sep-23 Sep-25 Blue Completed or
at closure
stage.
Contract awarded to Storetec commencing April 2025.
Performance
optimisation
Develop an efficient digital and IT
cost model to ensure scarce
financial resources are aligned to
vital enabling technologies. 
Oct-23 Sep-26 Green At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
Delivery of the 2 projects / activities within this deliverable are underway.
• Work is progressing to identify digital and IT spend across the council
and develop a model to establish whether this is essential and priority
spend but this is a complex process as the council’s environment
sees hundreds of applications being used, with detailed knowledge of
individual items (users, contractual basis) varying across services
and ICT, particularly for long-standing products, purchased without
ICT involvement. Additional time is necessary for data capture, as
such is critical for the analysis stage of this project. This work will also
Page 147 of 212

Page 148

APPENDIX 2
Theme /
programme
Deliverables Start
date
End date Overall
deliverable
RAG
assessment
Overall
deliverable
completed
status
Position as at June 2025
(including narrative where RAG status is Red or Amber)
include a risk based analytical review to assess areas that are
considering essential and/or a priority.  While there has been a delay
within this workstream for the aforementioned reasons, it is not
anticipated that this will impact on the deliverable date of March 2026.
• Work has progressed to deploy structures and processes that aid the
identification and development of operational innovation and that
facilitates beneficial service transformation in respect of developing
supplier relationships.  Funding has been re-profiled to ensure
effective use once business cases begin to arrive, and eligibility
criteria developed and approved.  Details, including information in
respect of promoting the Innovation Fund and associated application
process, were reported to Finance and Resources Committee in
February 2025 (link).  Current activities include identifying strategic
suppliers that can be used as flagship examples to drive innovation,
transformation, or best practices across the organisation.
Performance
optimisation
Enhance security monitoring to
maintain effective access and
control over council data as the
council delivers the anticipated
increase in its digital footprint. 
Feb-24 Dec-27 Amber At delivery and
ongoing
management
and monitoring
stage.
Delivery of the 3 projects / activities within this deliverable is underway.
• An update of this deliverable was reported to the Finance and
Resources Committee in May 2025 (link).  This reported on progress
in delivering three activities - to (i) develop organisational security
model/standards/principles, (ii) identify vulnerable products and
mitigating options, and (iii) develop and deploy compliance reporting. 
• All three are in progress with implementation on (i) and (iii) well under
way and due to be completed within schedule. With the security
standards model in place and standards now being produced in line
with that - and that latter activity being viewed as something that will
continue indefinitely, (i) can be considered as almost complete.  
• Activity (ii) is currently on target to deliver a vulnerability management
performance monitoring system and supporting processes by the
intended end 2025/26 deadline; however, it is intended that this will
be extended for a further year to include an assessment of the
success or otherwise of any newly deployed systems and processes. 
Page 148 of 212

Page 149

APPENDIX 2
Key to completed status
Key stages for the project / activity in the Programme of Work
Indicative %
completed
assessment
At initiation stage 
Project / activity still at proposal stage, and not yet approved by the relevant SRO / Chief Officer or approved to Project
Brief (or equivalent) stage or approved to Project Brief (or equivalent) stage, but still in development / at feasibility
stage.
>0% and <15%
At planning and set up
stage Project / activity approved to Project Business Case (or equivalent) stage / Project or Delivery Plan developed. >=15% and <25%
At delivery and
ongoing management
and monitoring stage
Project / activity underway and delivery is categorised as < =25% completed, or > 25% but < =50% completed, or >
50% but < =75% completed, or > 75% but < 100% completed. >=25% and <95%
Completed or at
closure stage Project / activity completed and closed off, or final evaluations, handovers, etc still to be undertaken. >=95% and =100% 
Key to RAG status
Blue Delivery is complete.
Green
Delivery is on track and in line with the six dimensions within which the project / activity is being delivered (i.e. scope, cost / budget,
quality, resources, risk, within time / on schedule) and the % completed status is as expected as at the time of the delivery
assessment.
Amber
Delivery is not on track and the latest assessment suggests there may be emerging issues with one or more of the six dimensions
within which the project / activity is being delivered (i.e. scope, cost / budget, quality, resources, risk, within time / on schedule)
and/or the % completed status is not as expected as at the time of the delivery assessment.
Red
Delivery is not on track and the latest assessment has reported issues with one or more of the six dimensions within which the
project / activity is being delivered (i.e. scope, cost / budget, quality, resources, risk, within time / on schedule) and/or the %
completed status is behind that which is expected as at the time of the delivery assessment.
Page 149 of 212

Page 150

Page 150 of 212

Page 151

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref   SP/LJ   Date 25/09/25
Scotland’s Public Service Reform Strategy – Delivering for
Scotland  
From  Stephen Penman, Chief Officer Strategy & Engagement  
E-mail penmanste@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07947 997750 
Executive Summary 
Policy and Strategy Committee approved the Programme of Work to 2028 and are aware of
the remit of the One Service Programme of Work as having oversight of national plans for
Public Service Reform and their impact on the council as matters develop. 
This report highlights the publication of Scotland’s Public Service Reform Strategy –
Delivering for Scotland in June 2025 by the Scottish Government. The strategy outlined
three pillars for delivery alongside a package of some eighty activities that will deliver on the
findings of the Christie Commission and ensure a future that is fairer, where everyone and
every community has the opportunity to thrive. 
The report goes on to raise awareness of the content of the recently published strategy and
the oversight requirements for One Service following implementation of such. 
1. Background 
1.1. Members of the Committee will recall the One Service Programme of Work report
presented at the Policy and Strategy Committee in December 2024. The report advised
that there were eight deliverables contained within the One Service Programme of Work
as detailed below: 
1
Deliver the continued roll out of the Leadership and Operating Model to
ensure an effective community leadership approach working with partners,
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1)     Acknowledge the contents of this report.
(2)     Endorse the next steps outlined herein. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement (24) Review and design services around people, communities,
and shared resources
Programme of Work One Service
Item 8
Page 151 of 212

Page 152

as the hub approach develops. 
2
Align the asset rationalisation strategy with the Leadership and Operating
Model to ensure coherent phasing and maximise efficiency. 
3
Further develop workforce plans to ensure appropriate succession planning
and alignment to the overall Programme of Work. 
4
Work with other Boards to support delivery of priorities across the
Programme of Work.
5 Ensure practical implementation of the Change Management Framework. 
6
Lead engagement with staff, trade unions and partners about the
Programme of Work to ensure understanding and alignment. 
7
Explore opportunities for shared services both within the council and with
partners, where appropriate to maximise efficiency. 
8
Maintain oversight of public sector reform developments and ensure co-
ordinated response to external decision making which has a bearing on
council service delivery. 
1.2 Members will note, at point 8 above, One Service has the responsibility for oversight of
public service reform and its bearing on council service delivery.  This report sets out
the direction of travel from Scottish Government following the publication of “Scotland’s
Public Service Reform (PSR) Strategy – Delivering for Scotland” in June 2025. 
2. Report 
2.1 During the course of 2024/25 the One Service Board has kept appraised of
developments within Scottish Government linked to the original Christie Commission
report published in 2011 which articulated the need for public services to be efficient,
integrated, prioritise prevention and empower staff and service users. 
2.2 Building on the Christie approach to Public Service reform, Scottish Government has
made a commitment to deliver “a system that improves lives, reduces inequality and is
fiscally sustainable.  This means public services will: 
• Be efficient and effective with the right-size delivery landscape
• Have better join up services and focus on helping people
• Prioritise prevention
• Empower people and communities to shape the services that matter to them
• Be fiscally sustainable. 
2.3 In June 2025, the Scottish Government published “Scotland’s Public Service Reform
Strategy – Delivering for Scotland” (PSR Strategy) as a blueprint for enhancing lives
and communities.  The PSR Strategy sets out the steps that the current Government
will take through 80 separate actions with the aim of driving change and making
Scotland’s public services fit for the future. 
2.4 The Strategy is designed around 3 pillars – Pillar 1 – Prevention, Pillar 2 - Joined up
Services and Pillar 3 - Efficient Services. 
2.5 A set of foundations has been laid out to address some fundamental systemic barriers
that underpin all three pillars – leadership and culture, accountability and incentives,
the need for more empowerment and structural complexity.   
2.6  The PSR goes on to highlight how success will be measured and delivered upon. 
Page 152 of 212

Page 153

2.7 Members can access the full PSR Strategy document here 
Next steps 
2.8 The One Service Board will continue to have regard to public service reform and as the
PSR Strategy is implemented further reports will be submitted to this Committee,
particularly where they impact council or partner service delivery. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  Scottish Government will measure success through 
• Measuring the impact of services against required outcomes
• Measuring cost reductions and cost avoidance generated by service change, and
the proportion of those savings invested in further change.     
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 No supporting documents.     
Stephen Penman   
Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement) 
Page 153 of 212

Page 154

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
Page 154 of 212

Page 155

Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 155 of 212

Page 156

Page 156 of 212

Page 157

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref   REB Date 25/09/25 
Review of the Council’s Democratic, Committee, and Decision-
Making Governance Procedures 
From  Rachel Blair  
E-mail BlairR@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 
Executive Summary
This report seeks authority for a comprehensive review of the Council’s governance
procedures. The review will ensure that the Council’s decision-making arrangements
remain transparent, accountable and accessible, while reflecting legislative requirements,
best practice across Scottish local government and the ambitions of the Plan for North
Lanarkshire. 
The review will be led by the Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic), working collaboratively
with subject matter experts across relevant Services and, critically, with elected members,
to shape the future governance framework. 
This work is timely. The Best Value statutory guidance (2020) identifies Governance and
Accountability as one of its seven key themes, setting expectations for clear roles,
transparency in decision-making and continuous improvement. Internal and external
auditors also assess the Council annually against the CIPFA / SOLACE Delivering Good
Governance in Local Government Framework (2016), with particular focus on principles
A–G, including ethical leadership, robust decision-making and strong accountability. 
The Council has, in recent years, modernised its governance framework to reflect changing
ways of working, advances in technology, and the public’s growing expectation of
openness and accountability. Progress has included the introduction of remote and hybrid
meeting arrangements, the streamlining of Standing Orders, clearer procedures for
committee business and the use of digital tools such as electronic voting. These
developments have improved the efficiency, accessibility and transparency of decision-
making. 
The current review provides an opportunity to consolidate this progress while setting out a
forward-looking agenda for governance that ensures the Council remains responsive,
inclusive and effective in the years ahead. 
The Council’s forward-looking governance priorities, aligned with national and local
government best practice frameworks, are as follows: 
• Transparency and Accountability
In line with Audit Scotland’s Best Value framework and the Scottish Government’s
principles of openness in public service, the Council will continue to enhance the
Item 9
Page 157 of 212

Page 158

clarity of decision-making and the accessibility of records, ensuring citizens can
easily understand and scrutinise decisions.
• Digital Enablement
Consistent with the Digital Strategy for Scotland (2021) and the Scottish Local
Government Digital Office priorities, the Council will expand digital tools to improve
hybrid participation, enhance records management and widen public access to
decision-making.
• Consistency and Simplification
Reflecting guidance from SOLAR (Society of Local Authority Lawyers and
Administrators in Scotland) and good practice in other local authorities, the Council
will ensure governance protocols are applied consistently across committees, while
simplifying processes to promote efficiency and legal clarity.
• Member Support and Engagement
In alignment with Improvement Service frameworks for elected member
development, the Council will strengthen resources, training and technical support
for Councillors to enable full participation in governance, regardless of working
environment.
• Citizen-Centred Governance
Supporting the National Performance Framework outcomes on community
empowerment and participation, the Council will improve opportunities for public
engagement through clearer publication of committee business, use of digital
platforms, and accessible formats.
• Continuous Improvement
In line with Audit Scotland’s expectation of a culture of continuous improvement,
the Council will embed regular review and refinement of its governance model to
ensure arrangements remain agile, effective, and aligned with future challenges. 
By pursuing these priorities, the Council will ensure its governance arrangements are fully
consistent with national and local government best practice, strengthening its reputation as
a transparent, modern, and citizen-focused organisation. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Agree the approach to undertake a phased review of the Council’s governance
arrangements, as set out in Appendix 1; 
(2) Note the scope of the review, which will include Standing Orders, the Scheme of
Delegation and Administration, decision-making principles, committee processes,
and governance systems; 
(3) Acknowledge the role of the Democratic Manager as Project Sponsor, working with
the Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic) and subject matter experts across services
to ensure that proposals are robust, legally sound, and practical; 
(4) Endorse the programme of engagement, which will involve elected members,
officers, and external best practice reference points, including examples from other
Scottish local authorities;
(5) Agree the timetable, which will provide phased reporting to Committee, with
alignment checkpoints against Best Value requirements and CIPFA principles; 
(6) Agree that respective Business Managers and a representative from the non-aligned
members meet with the Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic) as Project Sponsor on
a quarterly basis to monitor progress; and
Page 158 of 212

Page 159

1. Background 
1.1 Local authorities are required to operate within a statutory governance framework,
which includes: 
• Standing Orders (Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973;
• Scheme of Administration (regulating the discharge of functions and delegations to
committees);
• Scheme of Delegation to Officers (ensuring efficient discharge of functions); and
• Financial Regulations and Contract Standing Orders (supporting statutory Best
Value duties). 
1.2 Together, these documents form the Council’s governance “constitution”. The Local
Government in Scotland Act 2003 further imposes a duty of Best Value, requiring that
arrangements are efficient, transparent and continuously improve. 
1.3 While incremental updates have been made since 2018, the Council’s governance
framework has not been subject to a comprehensive review. During this period,
however, a range of enhancements have been introduced to adapt to new ways of
working and to meet the changing demands placed on local government. These
include: 
• Modernisation of Meeting Arrangements – Introduction of remote and hybrid
meetings to support flexibility and resilience;
• Digital Access to Committee Business – Electronic issue of meeting requests to
elected members, incorporating direct links to agenda packs;
• Refined Use of Substitute Members – Political groups now have flexibility to appoint
substitutes without the constraint of naming individual substitutes for each
committee;
• Optimisation of Meeting Timetables – Refinements to the Timetable of Meetings to
better align with the availability and needs of elected members;
• Access to Exempt Items – Exempt committee items are now recorded and made
available to all elected members (individually, by group, or to full Council) upon
request, supporting informed participation and oversight;
• Streamlined Procedures – A series of amendments to Standing Orders designed to
simplify and improve the Motions and Amendments process;
• Enhanced Recording of Member Enquiries – Minutes now formally capture specific
questions submitted by members to officers where a response or follow-up action
has been committed outside the meeting; and
• Introduction of a Committee Questions Log – A consolidated log of committee
questions is produced and issued to elected members at the end of each cycle to
ensure accountability and follow-up.
(7) Note that a chronology of previous updates to Standing Orders and Schemes of
Delegation/Administration will be provided by the Democratic Manager, ensuring the
review builds on the Council’s existing improvements. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 159 of 212

Page 160

1.4 At the same time, Best Value auditors and the Council’s annual governance
assessments have placed increased emphasis on transparency, accountability, ethical
behaviour and clarity in decision-making. This review provides an opportunity to ensure
the Council’s arrangements continue to meet these expectations and support
continuous improvement. 
2. Report 
2.1 North Lanarkshire Council’s governance arrangements are central to ensuring
transparent, effective and accountable decision-making. While Standing Orders,
Schemes of Administration and Delegation and supporting processes have been
periodically updated, there has not been a comprehensive review of the overall
governance framework in recent years. 
2.2 This report outlines the scope, objectives and methodology for a comprehensive review
of governance procedures across North Lanarkshire Council. 
2.3 This review provides an opportunity to take a structured, principles-based approach to
modernising the Council’s governance, reflecting the Council’s operating model,
statutory duties and evolving best practice across local government.  The review will
be conducted in phases, enabling appropriate member and officer engagement and
ensuring alignment with external expectations, including Best Value and the CIPFA
framework for good governance. 
2.4 The intention is not to highlight deficiencies, but to ensure that governance
arrangements remain clear, accessible, proportionate, and capable of supporting
effective decision-making and scrutiny.  By aligning processes with contemporary
standards of openness and digital accessibility, the Council will further strengthen its
ability to demonstrate accountability to the public and to operate efficiently and fairly. 
2.5 The primary objectives of the governance review are to: 
• Ensure alignment with statutory requirements and regulatory standards;
• Enhance transparency, accountability, and decision-making processes;
• Streamline Committee structures and reporting mechanisms;
• Support the Council’s Leadership and Operating Model; and
• Promote continuous improvement and organisational resilience. 
2.5 Undertaking a comprehensive, principles-based review of the Council’s governance
arrangements will deliver a range of organisational and community benefits, including: 
2.5.1 Clarity and Accessibility – governance documents such as Standing Orders and
the Scheme of Delegation will be written in plain, accessible language, with
clear guidance to support both elected members and the public in
understanding decision-making processes. 
2.5.3 Enhanced Transparency – improved publication standards, plain-English
committee minutes, and greater digital accessibility will strengthen public trust
and demonstrate accountability in line with Best Value requirements; 
2.5.4 Stronger Accountability – clear processes for motions, amendments and
committee questions will ensure that debate and scrutiny are fair, consistent,
and principled; 
Page 160 of 212

Page 161

2.5.5 Efficiency and Proportionality – modernised schemes of delegation and
updated committee administration systems will support timely decision-making,
reduce duplication and ensure responsibilities are allocated appropriately; 
2.5.6 Digital Modernisation – investment in systems such as CMIS/MARS
replacement and electronic voting will streamline administration, improve data
accuracy, and enhance member and public engagement; and 
2.5.7 Alignment with Best Practice – benchmarking against other Scottish local
authorities and reference to CIPFA principles will ensure North Lanarkshire’s
governance arrangements are contemporary, resilient and comparable with
sector leaders. 
2.6 The review will be conducted in accordance with the Council’s Project Management
Framework. The Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic) will act as the Project Sponsor
and Senior Responsible Officer.  The Democratic Manager will act as the Project
Manager and will be supported by expertise across Services. The structured approach,
underpinned by the Project Management Framework, will ensure that outcomes are
robust, evidence-based and aligned with best practice. 
2.7 Engagement with elected members will be at the heart of the governance review,
recognising that effective governance arrangements must be both operationally sound
and democratically owned.  To ensure this, a structured and inclusive approach will be
adopted: 
2.7.1 Workshops and Consultations – facilitated sessions with Business Managers,
independent members and political groups will be convened to discuss key
governance themes and emerging options; 
2.7.2 Clear Process for Input – a transparent process will be established for members
to provide views, feedback and suggestions, ensuring consistency and clarity
in how contributions are captured and reflected; 
2.7.3 Collaborative Working – emphasis will be placed on building shared
understanding across groups, with opportunities to identify common principles
and areas of alignment; 
2.7.4 Feedback Loops – draft proposals will be circulated for comment before being
finalised, providing assurance that member perspectives have been considered
and incorporated; and 
2.7.5 Ongoing Engagement – engagement will not be a one-off exercise but a
continuous dialogue throughout the review, supporting refinement of options
and collective ownership of the outcomes. 
2.8 The detailed scope of areas to be reviewed will be set out as the project develops.  This
will include, for example, Standing Orders, Schemes of Administration and Delegation
and Committee Systems. The emphasis will be on ensuring that these align fully with
agreed governance principles and continue to support effective, transparent and
accountable decision-making.  The principles of the review and indicative timelines, as
outlined in Appendix 1, include: 
• Clarity of roles and responsibilities between members and officers;
• Fair and transparent decision-making procedures;
• Accessibility and plain-language approaches in documentation;
Page 161 of 212

Page 162

• Use of technology to support openness and efficiency; and
• Proportionality and alignment with the Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
Conclusion 
2.9 By approaching the review in this way, the Council will demonstrate its commitment to
continuous improvement under the statutory duty of Best Value, with a clear focus on
transparency, accountability and efficiency.  At the same time, the review will ensure
that governance arrangements remain firmly aligned with the CIPFA/SOLACE
principles (A–G), providing assurance that North Lanarkshire’s governance is robust,
ethical and reflective of best practice across local government. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The review will be considered successful when: 
• Governance arrangements are legally compliant, accessible and transparent;
• Elected members confirm that procedures are clear, fair, and workable;
• Public confidence is strengthened through plain-language documentation and
modernised practices; and
• North Lanarkshire demonstrates governance arrangements aligned with best
practice across Scotland’s leading authorities.   
4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1 – Principles of the Review and Indicative Phased Timeline. 
Name  Rachel Blair
Title Chief Officer (Legal and Democratic) 
Page 162 of 212

Page 163

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The review will ensure that the Council’s governance framework, including Standing
Orders and the Schemes of Administration and Delegation, remain legally robust,
compliant with statutory requirements and aligned with principles of transparency
and accountability.
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Page 163 of 212

Page 164

Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 164 of 212

Page 165

Appendix 1 – Principles and Indicative Phased Timeline for Governance Review 
Phase Focus Areas Key Activities & Outcomes Checkpoint (Best Value /
CIPFA Alignment)
Reporting Date
Phase 1 Foundations –
Governance
Systems & Access
Democratic Manager to provide chronology of
incremental updates and evidence of existing
improvements since 2018.
Initial assessment of compliance
with Best Value (2020)
Governance & Accountability
theme and CIPFA Principle A
(behaviours and integrity).
April 2026
Democratic Manager to provide detail of how the
Council’s practices have already evolved (e.g.
digital accessibility, publication standards).
Options appraisal for CMIS/MARS successor
system, focusing on usability, accessibility and
integration with digital platforms.
Pilot of electronic voting in selected committees,
with training and support for elected members
Review of hybrid/webcasting arrangements to
ensure transparency while safeguarding
confidentiality.
Phase 2 Engagement and
Accessibility
Review of Committee Minutes to improve clarity,
accessibility and public understanding (including
plain-English templates and summary formats).
Alignment with CIPFA Principle
B (openness and engagement)
and Best Value expectations on
transparency and public
accountability.
June 2026
Assessment of Committee Questions Log to ensure
it strengthens accountability and meaningful
scrutiny. 
Review of the Petitions Process to assess
accessibility, transparency and effectiveness in
enabling public participation. Consider thresholds,
clarity of guidance, support for petitioners, feedback
Page 165 of 212

Page 166

mechanisms and alignment with bet practice in
participatory democracy.
Phase 3 Decision-Making
Principles
Review of decision-making principles to ensure
motions, amendments and related processes are
clear, fair and consistently applied.
Review against CIPFA
Principles C & D (defining roles
and responsibilities, ensuring
effective decision-making,
scrutiny and accountability).
October 2026  
Development of guidance for members and officers
on competency, framed around principles of
transparency and accountability.  
Consideration of approaches to handling non-
competent matters, balancing openness with
fairness to members.
Phase 4  Full modernisation of Standing Orders, framed
around clarity, proportionality and accessibility. 
December 2026
Review and update of the Scheme of Administration
and Delegation, ensuring proportionality and
alignment with the Council’s Leadership and
Operating Model.
Consolidation of all governance documents into a
single, coherent framework. 
Page 166 of 212

Page 167

North Lanarkshire Council
Report 
Policy and Strategy Committee
Does this report require to be approved? ☒ Yes   ☐ No
Ref    SP/LJ/RLH/SL Date 25/09/25 
Complaints handling - update  
From  Stephen Penman, Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement)  
E-mail PenmanSte@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07947 997750 
Executive Summary
The council has a well-established complaints handling procedure which has been in place
for many years.  Over this time, this has remained aligned to the requirements of the Scottish
Public Services Ombudsman (SPSO) whose remit includes specific powers and
responsibilities to publish complaints handling procedures and monitor and support best
practice in complaints handling, as well as administering the final stage for complaints about
most devolved public services in Scotland (including councils). 
Across the council, implementation of this procedure is supported by a range of processes
that have been developed in line with SPSO guidance and best practice. To support the
council’s approach to continuous improvement, the council has always considered complaints
to be a valuable source of information as they offer direct insight into service quality, help to
identify underlying systemic problems, and provide opportunities for service improvement and
innovation by highlighting patterns or recurring issues. 
As such, the reason for complaints being made - as well as the processes in place across the
council for complaints handling - have continued to remain under regular review to ensure
council arrangements work well in practice, continue to be effective, and remain fit for purpose.
This has been of particular significance as the council has had to adapt to ensure services
continue to meet needs and priorities while operating (and remaining sustainable) in an
environment of ongoing financial constraints, growing demand for services, workforce
challenges, and a complex policy landscape. It’s also important to note that this operating
environment includes major change through programmes, projects, and activities delivering
the long-term commitment to transform the place that is North Lanarkshire and focus efforts
on tackling local economic, social, and health challenges to improve life for people in the area. 
Given the breadth and complexity of the council’s operating environment, the reasons behind
complaints can be diverse and multifaceted.  This - combined with periodic updates to SPSO
requirements and evolving wider national policy developments around equalities,
vulnerabilities, and specific legislation - has reinforced the need to ensure complaints handling
remains under regular review and refinement.   
This report therefore follows on from the outcome of the previous review of complaints
handling reported to the Policy and Strategy Committee in September 2024 in order to provide
an update on the implementation of the improvement actions referred to therein.  The report
also summarises other developments in complaints handling to ensure the council continues
to consider changes and improvements required in line with legislation and good practice.
Item 10
Page 167 of 212

Page 168

1. Background 
1.1 As Policy and Strategy Committee are aware, the process for handling complaints
made to public bodies is defined by various sector specific Model Complaints Handling
Procedures. These were developed by the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman
(SPSO) in partnership with the respective body and in line with legislative requirements
which arose from the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman Act 2002.   
1.2 The SPSO has a wide remit, covering a variety of functions and services. The
Ombudsman’s powers and duties come (predominantly) from the Scottish Public
Services Ombudsman Act 2002, within which there are four distinct statutory functions;
this includes: 
• The final stage for complaints about most devolved public services in Scotland -
including councils, the health service, prisons, water and sewerage providers,
Scottish Government, and universities and colleges.
• Specific powers and responsibilities to publish complaints handling procedures and
monitor and support best practice in complaints handling. 
• Independent review service for the Scottish Welfare Fund with the power to
overturn and substitute decisions made by councils on community care and crisis
grant applications. 
• Independent National Whistleblowing Officer (INWO) for the NHS in Scotland final
stage for complaints about how the NHS considers whistleblowing disclosures and
the treatment of individuals concerned (from April 2021). 
1.3 The SPSO responsibility in terms of the final stage for complaints means they can
investigate complaints at stage three if a complainant remains dissatisfied with the
outcome of their complaint with the council (i.e. if they remain dissatisfied with the
decision or the way the complaint was dealt with).  However, the SPSO will not consider
(a) any complaint that hasn’t been through the council’s formal two stage process in
the first instance, (b) events that happened (or that the complainant became aware of)
more than a year ago, or (c) a matter that has been, or is being, considered in court. 
1.4 The two stage Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure came into effect
in April 2013; this comprises:
Recommendations
It is recommended the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Take cognisance of the updates provided in the report in terms of implementing the
improvement actions identified in the report to Committee in September 2024, as well
as other recent developments in complaints handling, and
(2) Approve the implementation of the new policy set out in Appendix 3 (i.e. the Customer
Complaints Policy - Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands). 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Page 168 of 212

Page 169

• Stage one - which is classed as frontline resolution which seeks to resolve
complaints at the initial point of contact, or as close to the point of service delivery,
as possible.
• Stage two - for complaints unable to be resolved at the frontline or for those that
are complex, serious, or high risk and require more in-depth investigation. 
1.5 The most recent version of the Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure
was published by the SPSO for implementation from April 2021. This applies to all local
authorities and all local authority services. It also applies to all services provided by a
health and social care partnership on behalf of a local authority.  At this time the council
adopted the revised Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure and
developed both customer-facing and internal guidance to align with the SPSO model. 
1.6 In accordance with the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman Act 2002, the SPSO must
also publish a Statement of Principles concerning the complaint handling procedures
of public bodies.  These Principles are considered the foundation for the SPSOs Model
Complaints Handling Procedures.  The previous version of the Statement of Principles
was published in 2011, but this has recently been updated and issued to councils in
September 2025 (see Appendix 1). 
1.7 In line with the policy and public relations role of the Policy and Strategy Committee,
various reports have been considered over time to ensure appropriate Elected Member
oversight.  This includes reports in relation to changes to the national procedures and
the outcome of a review into stage two complaints handling. In addition, as the Audit
and Scrutiny Panel is accountable to the Policy and Strategy Committee in line with the
Scheme of Administration, the Committee is also aware of reports in relation to
performance in complaints handling being scrutinised through the Panel.   
1.8 Following due consideration of the latest report in September 2024, Policy and Strategy
Committee agreed the undernoted recommendations which included implementation
of a series of improvement actions arising from the review which had been undertaken
at that time: 
(a) “That the findings from the examination into compliance with the council’s
Complaints Handling Procedure for Stage 2 complaints be acknowledged and the
planned improvement plan to address identified inconsistencies be endorsed.
(b) That it be noted that the council’s Complaints Handling Procedure mirrors guidance
in the SPSOs Model Complaints Handling Procedure in respect of contacting a
customer(s) to confirm the points being raised in their complaint and their expected
outcome.” 
1.9 This report herewith therefore provides Policy and Strategy Committee with an update
on implementation of the improvement actions referred to in paragraph 1.8 (a) above. 
The report also summarises other recent developments in complaints handling to
ensure the council continues to consider changes and improvements required as a
result of complaints received and does so in line with the requirements of the Local
Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure, the CIPFA Delivering Good
Governance in Local Government Framework (2016), and the Best Value duty to
demonstrate continuous improvement. 
2. Continuous improvement in complaints handling 
Improvement plan 
Page 169 of 212

Page 170

2.1 During 2024/25 an end-to-end review of the council’s complaints handling process was
carried out.  This included looking at council procedures, practices, and accompanying
guidance, the role and membership of the internal network of complaints handlers,
awareness raising, restating the Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure
(in line with SPSO guidance), sharing of best practice across services, staff training
and development, and approaches in terms of ensuring effective relationships and
supporting respectful engagement when handling difficult situations and unreasonable
demands. 
2.2 Reflecting the improvement actions noted in the report in September 2024, as well as
other changes required identified through the end-to-end review, Appendix 2 sets out
the current position in this respect.  It also includes next steps actions where work is
underway or further action is needed to maintain the momentum and ensure ongoing
monitoring and oversight.  These actions are aligned to the respective principles from
the SPSO Statement of Complaint Handling Principles (set out in Appendix 1), given
their key role in fostering a complaints culture of respect, transparency, and
accountability and in driving improvement.   
One council approach 
2.3  The report to Policy and Strategy Committee in September 2024 recognises the key
role that the council’s Complaints Handling Network play in terms of achieving a one
council, shared, and universally understood approach to managing and handling
complaints effectively and in a responsive manner.  Having been in place since the two
stage Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure was first introduced in
2013, the membership and operating arrangements for the Network has periodically
undergone a review and refresh exercise since to ensure it has remained effective and
fit for purpose. More recent developments are listed below. 
• Coming out of the pandemic (and taking into consideration the impact that this had
had on the council, its complaints handling procedures, and the nature and volume
of complaints being received), a series of workshops were held with the Complaints
Handlers Network in 2023 which involved designated officers from each service
across the council with responsibility for administering complaints.  This included
a deep dive into the way complaints were being handled and development of a
corresponding improvement plan which was implemented during 2023/24.
• As this workshop followed on from implementation of the Dynamics system,
discussions and developments through the workshops also included cascading
information to refresh knowledge and understanding of the use of the system and
ensuring a consistent approach across the council.  Policy and Strategy Committee
will recall from a report in March 2021 that the new Dynamics system followed a
digital transformation process that sought to achieve a more efficient and
automated approach to processing, managing, reporting, and analysing
complaints and was required as the previous system (Lagan) had reached the end
of its life.
• As per the improvement action noted in the September 2024 report to the Policy
and Strategy Committee, the report (and its findings) was shared with members of
the Complaints Handling Network to re-emphasise the importance of adhering to
the Local Authority Complaints Handling Procedure. A further review of the Network
was subsequently undertaken during 2024/25 which resulted in changes to the
membership of the network, and its re-establishment in March 2025.  Changes to
the way the network operates were also implemented in order for it to act as a
bridge across all council services to better share experiences and knowledge (in
handling the different and diverse types of complaints each receives) and foster
effective information exchange and critical thinking to facilitate a one council
Page 170 of 212

Page 171

approach to building skills, problem solving, and dealing with complaints in line with
council policy. Changes also sought to secure a one council approach to effectively
implementing the Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure and
ensuring changes and improvements as a result of complaints received continue
to be acted upon. 
Performance reporting 
2.4 A key aspect of the Local Authority Model Complaints Handling Procedure is the
supporting complaints governance arrangements in terms of reporting and publicising
complaints information that includes performance statistics, trends and outcomes, and
action taken to improve services.  As part of the governance arrangements, the SPSO
established a suite of performance indicators which the council have collected and
reported on from the outset. The latest performance report in this respect was
considered by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in 2024, and a follow up is scheduled for
cycle 4 of 2025. 
2.5 Following on from work to establish a series of dashboards when the new Dynamics
system was implemented, further developments are underway to improve the
visualisation and analysis of the performance information arising from complaints to
provide a high-level overview, allow key results and trends to be viewed at a glance,
and support data driven action to identifying areas of improvement.  This will also
support more automatic processes in terms of monitoring and analysing the suite of
indicators established by the SPSO, and subsequent reporting to each respective
audience. 
2.6 In the meantime, and in advance of final year-end verification processes being
completed, key statistics for 2024/25 in terms of complaints performance are
summarised below.  A more detailed account will be provided in the report scheduled
for the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in cycle 4 of 2025. 
• 3,904 complaints were dealt with during 2024/25. This is a 5% increase in the
volume of complaints compared to the previous year.
• 83% were dealt with at stage one and 17% at stage two.  
• 38% of complaints were upheld, 10% partially upheld, 12% resolved, and 40% not
upheld which continues a year-on-year trend that has shown little variance in
recorded outcomes for complaints over the years.
• The proportion of complaints closed which are appealed and re-processed at stage
two remains low (at 10%), as does the volume of complaints dealt with at stage
two which are not appeals. The main reason for complaints being dealt with at
stage two (where it is not an appeal) is due to the complaint being complex,
serious, or high-risk and therefore a more in-depth investigation is required.
• On average, complaints at stage one continue to be dealt with in less than the 5-
working day requirement as defined by the SPSO.  Similarly, the average time
taken for the council to deal with stage two complaints remains below the 20-
working day requirement.
• The reason for complaints has remained relatively consistent over the years in
terms of complainants not being happy with the quality of service or not receiving
a service. The top five complaint categories have also remained consistent in terms
of bins and recycling; education, schools and learning; housing repairs; parks,
open and green spaces; and roads and pavements.
• Taken in context with the extent of services that the council provides, the volume
of complaints received in terms of bins and recycling equates to 0.01% - this is less
than one complaint per household in a year.  Similarly in terms of housing repairs,
complaints received equate to less than one complaint per 100 repairs in a year.
Page 171 of 212

Page 172

• By way of comparison, the council closed 10.3 complaints per 1,000 population in
the year, compared to a national average across Scotland of 11.5 per 1,000
population. 
SPSO performance 
2.7 Each year the SPSO publishes an annual report which highlights their progress and
achievements across all areas of their business and includes performance in relation
to their key functions and services.  This is supported by local authority summaries in
terms of statistics relating to stage three complaints.  During 2024/25, the SPSO
determined 1,641 stage three complaint cases across the local authority sector in
Scotland, 6% (93) of these related to North Lanarkshire Council. This equates to 2% of
the complaints dealt with by the council during 2024/25. 
2.8 Of the 93 cases dealt with by the SPSO: 
(https://www.spso.org.uk/how-we-handle-complaints):
• 35 cases were determined by the SPSO at their stage one where they assess if
the complaint is ready for them to review.
• 58 cases were determined by the SPSO at their early resolution stage where they
check if the complaint is one where they can, and will, consider further.
• No cases were considered by the SPSO at either their preliminary investigation
stage or their final investigation stage. 
2.9 The subject matter of the 93 cases is noted in the table below. 
Subject Number
Education 24
Environmental health and cleansing 8
Finance 3
Housing 25
Land and property 2
Legal and admin 2
Other 1
Planning 3
Recreation and leisure 2
Roads and transport 7
Social work 11
Subject unknown or out of jurisdiction 5
Total 93 
Supporting complainants with vulnerabilities 
2.10  The council is committed to ensuring that all people have an equal opportunity to
access services and to promoting equality for all in line with the Equality Act 2010. As
such, and in line with SPSO guidance, the council takes steps to ensure that equality
and diversity considerations as well as a complainant’s vulnerabilities are taken into
account when handling complaints and reasonable adjustments are made for those for
whom communication may be a barrier. To support this approach for residents, a range
of advocacy services have been in place for a number of years (nationally and across
North Lanarkshire) to help people to make a complaint; these are promoted on the
council’s website. 
2.11  More recently, Members will be aware that in May 2023 the Wellbeing and Tackling
Page 172 of 212

Page 173

Poverty Committee endorsed a vision for North Lanarkshire to become a trauma
informed council. This means creating the conditions in which staff feel supported to
care for, and respond to, citizens.  To roll out a trauma informed approach an action
plan is in place with a focus on creating the culture and conditions across the council
to enable staff to respond in ways which recognise the impacts of trauma, promote
recovery, prevent re-traumatisation, and ensure services and effective supports are
accessible to (and effective for) those who need them most.  As engagement and being
people centred are key to ensuring effective complaints handling, the council’s policies,
procedures, and practices in this respect have been underpinned by the trauma
informed principles of trust, safety, choice, collaboration, and empowerment in line with
the SPSO guidance on supporting complainants with vulnerabilities. 
Child friendly complaints 
2.12  As reported to the Education and Families Committee in May 2023, the council is
committed to supporting the rights of children and young people to express concerns
and participate in decisions affecting them, in line with the United Nations Convention
on the Rights of a Child (UNCRC).  The report in May 2023 also updated on a range of
activities and developments underway to promote the UNCRC and embed this within
practices and systems across the council. This was considered critical to not only
ensure that the council can fulfil its legal obligations, but also because this is central to
realising The Plan for North Lanarkshire through the priority to support all children and
young people to realise their full potential. 
2.13 To support implementation of the UNCRC and ensure the Local Authority Model
Complaints Handling Procedure is delivered in a way that meets children’s rights, the
SPSO published its national Child Friendly Complaints Handling Process guidance in
May 2024; this guidance sits alongside their Child Friendly Complaints Handling
principles.   
2.14 To ensure adherence to this guidance, the council has maintained oversight of its
policies, procedures, and practices to ensure these continue to be accessible and
inclusive for children, while also offering appropriate support for adults acting on their
behalf.  This also ensures that the council continues to recognise that children and
young people have the right to be heard and to have their views taken seriously,
especially when raising concerns about services that affect them.  As a standing
agenda item on the council’s corporate UNCRC working group, work continues to raise
awareness of the requirements of the Child Friendly Complaints Handing process
across the council and to embed its application in practice.  From a practical perspective
of complaints handling, the SPSO have established informal guidance in the form of a
Frequently Asked Questions document (link). 
Complaints handling policy in respect of supporting respectful engagement when
handling difficult situations and unreasonable demands 
2.15  As part of the aforementioned end-to-end review of the council’s complaints procedures
and practices, it was recognised that people may have strong views and feelings about
the issues they complain about.  They may already be feeling frustrated, angry or
distressed before complaining and the relationship can become difficult and break
down, leaving staff feeling overwhelmed, unsupported, harassed, or bullied. At the
same time, complainants can feel misunderstood and frustrated that the council is not
listening to them. This recognition mirrors the SPSOs complaint handling practice guide
that supports councils in relation to supporting respectful engagement when handling
difficult situations and unreasonable demands. This guide focuses on being people-
centred, creating spaces to reduce conflict and ensure everyone is listened to with
Page 173 of 212

Page 174

respect and kindness, to support staff and users to engage positively with each other,
and to protect the service and staff from behaviour which can have a significant
negative impact.  As such, the SPSO guide also aligns to the seven principles set out
within the Statement of Complaints Handling Principles (set out in Appendix 1). 
2.16 To implement the SPSO guidance - and shift the emphasis to promote positive
engagement, while also seeking to reduce undue pressures on staff and resources -
the council has subsequently developed a corresponding policy for approval by the
Policy and Strategy Committee.  This policy is attached to this report at Appendix 3,
and it comprises seven key objectives: 
1. Fairness and respect - Ensuring equitable treatment for both customers and staff.
2. Accessibility and limitations - Striving for accessibility while addressing
unreasonable behaviour.
3. Protection for others - Preventing disruptive behaviour from negatively affecting
other customers and staff.
4. Managing disruptions - Addressing persistent or vexatious complaints that
impact resources.
5. Support for staff - Providing employees with clear guidelines on handling
unreasonable interactions.
6. Trauma informed - Ensuring the council’s commitment to the trauma-informed
principles of trust, safety, choice, collaboration, and empowerment remain
embedded across all areas of complaints handling, and policies, procedures, and
practices are shaped by an understanding of trauma and are responsive to its
impact.
7. Child friendly - Ensuring the council remains committed to supporting the rights
of children and young people to express concerns and participate in decisions
affecting them in all areas of complaints handling (and in line with the UNCRC),
and policies, procedures, and practices remain accessible and inclusive for
children, while also offering appropriate support for adults acting on their behalf. 
Next steps 
2.17 Following approval of the policy, the next steps include: 
• Implementing an engagement plan to ensure the new policy - and its standards,
practices, and requirements therein - are communicated across the council for staff
awareness and adoption, and through the council’s website (and other relevant
communication channels) for wider public knowledge and understanding.
• Concluding implementation of the improvement plan in Appendix 2, with a follow
up report to Policy and Strategy Committee to ensure ongoing Elected Members
oversight in line with the policy and public relations role of the Committee.
• Ensuring ongoing learning and identification of areas for improvement arising from
complaints handling through reviewing best practice, analysing supporting
statistics for patterns or trends, identifying any recurring issues in those complaints
escalated from a stage 2 (and submitted to the SPSO to be dealt with at stage
three), and ensuring changes / improvements required as a result of complaints
received are being acted.
• Ensuring the SPSO Statement of Complaints Handling Principles continue to be
integrated within the council’s complaints handling procedures. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 General measures of success include improvements in complaints handling,
implementing positive changes as a result of learning from complaints (including
Page 174 of 212

Page 175

improvements to service delivery and more efficient ways of working), and a reduction
in the reoccurrence of complaints of a similar nature. 
3.2 Measures of success from implementing the policy include: 
• Reduction in unreasonable complaints - tracking the volume and nature of
persistent complaints before and after the policy is implemented.
• Resource allocation - measuring the impact on staff workload, productivity, and
overall strain on resources.
• Staff confidence and consistency - gathering staff feedback to measure the
effectiveness of the policy and how consistently it is applied.
• Service accessibility and fairness - ensuring all customers have equitable access
to complaints handling. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 -  Updated SPSO Statement of Complaints Handling Principles, issued   
September 2025 
Appendix 2 - Improvement plan. 
Appendix 3 -  Complaints policy - managing unreasonable demands.   
Stephen Penman
Chief Officer (Strategy and Engagement) 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Page 175 of 212

Page 176

5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
The Scottish Public Services Ombudsman Act 2002 provides the legislative basis
for the SPSO to publish Model Complaints Handling Procedures for bodies under
its jurisdiction. 
The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) Delivering
Good Governance in Local Government Framework (2016) requires that councils
demonstrate compliance with seven principles and 21 sub-principles.  This includes
principle A in terms of “Behaving with integrity, demonstrating strong commitment to
ethical values, and respecting the rule of law” and its sub-principle in relation to
“Demonstrating, communicating and embedding the standard operating principles
or values through appropriate policies and processes which are reviewed on a
regular basis to ensure that they are operating effectively.”  These principles cite
complaints policies, responding to complaints about behaviour, and changes /
improvements as a result of complaints received being acted upon as examples of
systems, processes, documentation, and other evidence that demonstrate
compliance with the CIPFA Framework. 
The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced the duty of Best Value; this
requires that councils “make arrangements to secure continuous improvement in
performance”. 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact
Page 176 of 212

Page 177

Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
As noted in paragraph 2.17, an engagement plan will ensure appropriate
communication of the new policy with all relevant stakeholders, including staff and
residents.   
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
Ensuring complaints handling policies, procedures, and practices that support the
council in ensuring compliance with the requirements of the SPSO, the CIPFA
Delivering Good Governance in Local Government Framework, and the Best Value
duty to secure continuous improvement contribute to the mitigation of the risk on
the Corporate Risk Register for governance, leadership, and decision making. 
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services.
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
As noted in paragraphs 2.12 to 2.14, the council is committed to supporting the
rights of children and young people to express concerns and participate in
decisions affecting them, in line with the United Nations Convention on the Rights
of a Child (UNCRC).   
This includes adopting a child friendly approach to complaints handling (in line with
SPSO guidance) to ensure complaints policies, procedures, and practices continue
to be accessible and inclusive for children, while also offering appropriate support
for adults acting on their behalf.  This also ensures that the council continues to
recognise that children and young people have the right to be heard and to have
their views taken seriously, especially when raising concerns about services that
affect them.   
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Work to undertake a CRWIA is currently underway. 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Page 177 of 212

Page 178

Person-centred
Accessible
Simple and
timely
Resolution
Learn and improve
Thorough, proportionate,
consistent and effective
Objective, impartial
and fair
SPSO Statement of
Complaints Handling
Principles
Page 178 of 212

Page 179

1
About these principles
The Scottish Public Services Ombudsman Act 2002 (the Act), as
amended, states at Section 16A(1) that the Ombudsman must publish
a statement of principles concerning complaints handling procedures
of listed authorities.
The statement sets out the principles that underpin an effective
complaints procedure.  They are the foundation for the Model
Complaints Handling Procedures in place across most public
services in Scotland.  All public services and organisations within the
Ombudsman’s jurisdiction must have complaints procedures which
comply with the principles.
Public services should foster a complaints handling culture of respect,
transparency and accountability, to enhance relationships with
citizens. Key to this complaints culture is learning, in order to drive
improvement in public service delivery.  Embedding the principles
into complaints handling creates an environment where people feel
safe and empowered to exercise their right to complain.
Person-centred and rights-based complaints handling welcomes
complaints, and ensures that people feel heard, respected, and
valued throughout the complaints process.  It supports public
services in taking an approach which is compassionate, robust and
considerate of the wellbeing of everyone involved.
These principles do not stand alone, and must be read together with
the SPSO’s child-friendly complaints handling principles, and the
resources and guidance on good complaints handling available on
the SPSO’s website.
Approved by the Scottish Parliament, June 2025
Page 179 of 212

Page 180

2
Quick links
Person-centred     3   
Accessible      4
Simple and timely    5
Thorough, proportionate,   
consistent and effective  5
Objective, impartial and 
fair        6
Resolution      7
Learn and improve    7
Page 180 of 212

Page 181

3
Person-centred
• People are at the heart of the complaints process. The complaints
process should reflect and respect their rights in how it is
explained and applied.
• Complaints handling should be based on human rights principles,
and should respect people’s rights in line with relevant law,
standards and guidance.
• Complaints handling should recognise and respect the different
needs of people and be flexible and responsive to those needs as
far as possible and appropriate.
• People complaining should be listened to with empathy and
respect, and treated with dignity and compassion. Public service
staff complained about, and those handling complaints, have
the same right. If they are not, public services should have
policies in place to address such actions or behaviour, fairly and
proportionately.
• People should feel supported in making a complaint.
• Confidentiality should be observed where necessary and
appropriate.
Page 181 of 212

Page 182

4
Accessible
• The complaints procedure should be clearly communicated, easily
understood and available to all, giving people access to justice
through everyday rights.
• Complaints should be handled by informed, well trained and
empowered staff who are given the support, resources and
capacity to handle the volume and complexity of complaints
received by a public service.
• The complaints procedure and how to access it should be actively
promoted and publicised.
• The complaints procedure and how to access it should be easily
understood without any specialist knowledge.
• The complaints procedure should follow the principle of universal
design. It should be usable by all people, to the greatest extent
possible, without the need for adaptation or specialised design.
• The complaints procedure should be accessible to, and meet the
needs of, minority and vulnerable groups.
• Resources, materials and support to help people access and
use the procedure should be made easily available, including
information on advocacy services.
Page 182 of 212

Page 183

5
Thorough, proportionate,
consistent and effective
• The complaints procedure should achieve the best possible
outcomes for people in the circumstances.
• Clear quality standards for complaints handling should be
publicised and promoted to service users and staff. These should
be supported by a clear explanation of what action will be taken if
these standards are not met.
• The complaints procedures and quality standards should be
reviewed regularly.
• The investigation and resolution of complaints should be
proportionate and appropriate to the circumstances of each case.
• Investigations, outcomes and redress should be broadly consistent
from one complaint to another, whilst being flexible in considering
the needs of the individual person complaining.
Simple and timely
• The complaints procedure should be flexible, with as few steps as
necessary.
• Complaints should be responded to promptly, within published
and realistic timescales. Where timescales cannot legitimately
be adhered to, complainants should be kept informed, reasons
explained to them, and they should be told how long their
complaint will take.
• Quality and thoroughness of investigation should not be
compromised by attempts to meet timescales.
Page 183 of 212

Page 184

6
Objective, impartial and fair
• The complaints process should be objective and led by evidence-
based investigation, and findings and decisions should be based
on facts and established circumstances, not assumptions. This
should be demonstrated clearly in the final decision issued.
• All relevant facts should be gathered and established impartially
and objectively. Complaints handlers should act as fact finders
and verifiers, not in defence of their public service.
• People should receive an honest and clear explanation of the
investigation  findings. They should be told what actions will be
taken, and about any changes that will be made as a result of their
complaint.
• Complaints handling should be impartial and accountable.
Complaints handlers should not be involved in investigating where
they have been the subject of the complaint or involved in the
issues complained about (unless unavoidable).
• The complaints procedure and how it is applied should be fair
to people who complain, those handling complaints and those
who are the subject of a complaint. This is demonstrated by how
people are treated, achievement of person-centred outcomes, and
showing respect for people’s rights.
Page 184 of 212

Page 185

7
Learn and improve
• The complaints procedure should drive learning, improvement
and efficiency in both the service delivered and how complaints
are handled, the overall purpose being continuous improvement
of service delivery
• The complaints procedure should reflect and enhance the culture
of good service delivery.
• Data from complaints should be collated and used to measure
performance and impact, identify trends and highlight problems
so they can be solved before they have a chance to escalate or
recur.
• Complaint performance data, and changes made as a result
of complaint outcomes, should be reported to senior leaders
and proactively be made publicly available to demonstrate
transparency, impact and improvement and share best practice in
service delivery.
Resolution
• A key aim of the complaints procedure is that complaints are
resolved at the earliest opportunity, starting with the first point
of contact with people who complain. The outcomes a person is
seeking should be clarified at the outset.
• A good resolution is where the person complaining and the public
service agree the outcomes, and what action will be taken to
provide full and final resolution.
• Staff should be trained and empowered to resolve complaints.
Page 185 of 212

Page 186

Appendix 2 
Complaints handling improvement action plan 
Improvement actions (as noted in the
September 2024 report to Policy and
Strategy Committee)
Position as at August 2025
Alignment with the SPSO
Statement of Complaints
Handling Principles
1. Share the September 2024 Policy and
Strategy report and examination
findings with the Complaints Handling
Network to emphasise the importance
of adherence to the Complaints
Handling Procedure. 
The Complaints Handling Network is
an internal cross council network which
comprises designated officers from
each service with responsibility for
administering complaints.
• Findings shared with designated officers with responsibility for administering complaints.
• Service membership of the Network has been reviewed and refreshed, and the Network
was re-established in March 2025.  Action log has been established to identify and track
actions. 
• Changes have been made to the way the Network operates to better share experiences,
information, and knowledge (in handling the different and diverse types of complaints
each receives), as well as problem solving and managing complaints in line with council
policy.  This includes ongoing learning to inform service improvements and more efficient
ways of working.
• A review and update to the internal Complaints Handling Procedure is underway and
scheduled to be completed by autumn 2025.
• In addition to the review of internal guidance, standalone Child Friendly Complaints
guidance is being drafted to support staff when dealing with Child Friendly Complaints.
• Learn and improve.
• Thorough,
proportionate,
consistent, and
effective.
2. Provide training on the Complaints
Handling Procedure for officers and
managers, especially where there
have been establishment changes and
in those service functions that typically
experience high volumes of
complaints. Similarly, provide training
to services that were previously
delivered by Culture and Leisure NL
Limited since the former arm’s length
external organisation was responsible
for its own complaints and
compliments handling arrangements.
• Workshop held with the Complaint Handlers Network in March 2025.  Action log created
identifying key development and improvement areas.
• Child Friendly Complains subgroup established in March 2025 with key priorities for
action covering system requirements (Dynamics), processes for recording Child Friendly
Complaints, performance reporting, logging and recording, retention, and training and
internal guidance.
• Training in respect of Child Friendly Complaints will be developed in line with SPSO
guidance and rolled out to staff during 2026.
• A standing item remains on the council’s corporate United Nations Convention on the
Rights of a Child (UNCRC) working group agenda to continue to raise awareness of the
requirements of the Child Friendly Complaints Handing process across the council and to
embed its application in practice.
• Learn and improve.
• Person-centred.
• Accessible.
• Objective, impartial,
and fair. 
3. Provide training and awareness raising
on the role and statutory powers of the
SPSO.
• Learn and improve. 
4. Ensure universal and consistent use of
Dynamics by all services for
• Training videos describing each stage in recording, updating, and closing a complaint on
Dynamics are in place and used by members of the Complaints Handling Network.
• Person-centred.
• Accessible.
Page 186 of 212

Page 187

Improvement actions (as noted in the
September 2024 report to Policy and
Strategy Committee)
Position as at August 2025
Alignment with the SPSO
Statement of Complaints
Handling Principles
administering, recording, and saving all
complaints related correspondence,
including file notes documenting the
purpose and key messages of any
telephone discussions/outcome
decisions between council officers and
customers. 
• Systems training and refinements (i.e. in respect of the use of Dynamics) remain ongoing
to maintain the momentum in complaints handling and ensure a consistent one council
approach.  This includes recent work to monitor Child Friendly Complaints and reconsider
the categorisation of complaints, so they are more user-friendly, and it is easier to make a
complaint.
• Simple and timely.
• Learn and improve.
• Resolution.
• Objective, impartial, and
fair.
• Thorough,
proportionate,
consistent, and
effective.
5. Ensure that all officers and managers
with responsibility for administering,
managing, and investigating
complaints have access to the
council’s Complaints Handling
Guidance, model templates for
correspondence, and examples of best
practice in managing and responding
to complaints and engaging with
customers.
• The customer facing complaints guidance (Listening to You) was reviewed and the
updated version uploaded to council website in April 2025. However, this guidance
remains under review to capture learning from complaints and best practice updates from
the SPSO.
• Benchmarking with other local authorities, and consultation with the SPSO in terms of
their various policies  and guidance, led to the development of a new Customer
Complaints Policy (Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands) which has incorporated
feedback (following oversight by the Corporate Management Team in August 2025)
regarding a title change to reflect the scope and tone of the policy, and include reference
to trauma-informed good practice and child-friendly complaints guidance to ensure the
policy is inclusive. The new policy is scheduled for consideration and approval at the
Policy and Strategy Committee meeting in September 2025.
• Person-centred.
• Accessible.
• Simple and timely.
• Learn and improve.
• Objective, impartial, and
fair.
• Thorough,
proportionate,
consistent, and
effective. 
Page 187 of 212

Page 188

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing
Unreasonable Customer Demands
Document control
Title Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
Owner Stephen Penman Contact PenmanSte@northlan.gov.uk
Governance Group Policy and Strategy Committee
Author Strategy and Engagement Contact Roisin Lochrin-Hopkins
LochrinRoi@northlan.gov.uk 
Revision History
Number Originator Date Review Commenced Revision description/record of change
1.0 Corporate Management
Team
May 2025 n/a, new policy         
Document Approvals
Number Governance Group Date approval granted Date approval to be requested 
(if document still draft)
1.0 Policy and Strategy
committee 
25th September 2025         
Consultation Record (for most recent update)
Status of document consulted upon Draft and V1.0
Stakeholders consulted/date Engagement on draft version with Corporate Management Team on
16/05/25.
V1.0 reviewed by the Corporate Management Team on 15/08/25 in line with
their strategic oversight and management role and endorsed for submission
to the Policy and Strategy Committee for formal approval of policy. 
Strategic Alignment
The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
Next review date
Review Date August 2026
Appendix 3
Page 188 of 212

Page 189

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
2
Customer Complaints Policy: Managing
Unreasonable Customer Demands 
Contents                                                                                Page Number
1.    Purpose         3 
2.    Policy Objectives        4 
3.    Unreasonable Customer Actions      4 
4.    Unreasonable Customer Demands     5 
5.    Impact on Service Operations      5 
6.    Unreasonable use of the Complaints Procedure    5 
7.    Managing Unreasonable Customer Actions       6 
8.    Restricting Contact        6 
9.     Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands    7        
in Child Friendly Complaints   
10.   Policy Concluding Statement      8 
11.   Appendix 1 - Staff Guidance:                                                                                9        
Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands 
12.   Appendix 2 - Staff Guidance:                                                                                11          
Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands – Complaints Checklist 
13.   Appendix 3 – Staff Guidance:                  12        
Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands – Complaints Plan 
Page 189 of 212

Page 190

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
3
1. Purpose 
This policy addresses unreasonable customer demands in the context of customer complaints.
The Council is committed to fostering a safe, respectful, and an inclusive environment for both
customers and staff. To support this commitment, we adopt a zero-tolerance approach to
unreasonable behaviour, which is defined under three key categories: 
• Aggressive or abusive behaviour
• Unreasonable demands
• Unreasonable persistence 
The policy clearly defines what constitutes unreasonable actions and outlines the potential
consequences, including the possibility of restricting or modifying access to council services. It also
acknowledges that people may act out of character due to distressing circumstances but aims to
address behaviour that places undue strain on Council resources or staff. 
The policy further considers the specific implications in relation to managing unreasonable
customer demands in Child-Friendly Complaints Processes. This approach is aligned with our
statutory obligations under the UN Convention of Rights of a Child (UNCRC) and reflects best
practice set out by the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman (SPSO). 
Page 190 of 212

Page 191

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
4
2. Policy Objectives
• Fairness and Respect: We are committed to treating all customers with fairness, honesty,
and consistency. While every customer has the right to be heard and respected, our staff
are entitled to the same treatment.
• Accessibility and Limitations: We strive to remain accessible to all customers. However,
when actions become unreasonable, we may restrict or modify access to our services.
• Protection for Others: We ensure that neither other customers nor Council staff are
negatively impacted by disruptive behaviour.
• Managing Disruptions: Persistent and vexatious complaints can strain Council resources.
This policy addresses their consequences to maintain service efficiency.
• Support for Staff: Our framework provides employees with clear guidance on handling
these situations effectively and consistently.
• Trauma Informed: The policy reflects the Council’s commitment to the national goal of
embedding the trauma-informed principles of – Trust, Safety, Choice, Collaboration and
Empowerment across all areas of our work. It aims to ensure that our policies, procedures,
and practices are shaped by an understanding of trauma and are responsive to its impact.
(Creating Trauma-Informed and Responsive Change - Appendix B).
• Child Friendly: The Council remains fully committed to supporting the rights of children
and young people to express concerns and participate in decisions affecting them, in line
with the United Nations Convention on the Rights of a Child (UNCRC). Our complaints
process is designed to be accessible and inclusive, for children, while also offering
appropriate support for adults acting on their behalf. The policy recognises that children
and young people have the right to be heard and to have their views taken seriously,
especially when raising concerns about services that affect them.
3. Unreasonable Customer Actions
We recognise that customers may experience distress and frustration, leading to heightened
emotions. While assertiveness is acceptable, behaviours that are aggressive, demanding,
obsessive, prolific, repetitive, harassing, or persistently unreasonable may place excessive strain
on our resources or result in unreasonable treatment of staff. Such actions are managed under
this policy. 
Categories of Unreasonable Behaviour 
1. Aggressive or Abusive Conduct
o Includes physical violence, verbal abuse, intimidation, harassment, or
discriminatory remarks.
o Example behaviours: shouting, swearing, making personal threats, or using
intimidating body language.
2. Unreasonable Demands
o Involves excessive requests that disproportionately strain resources or staff.
o Example behaviours: demanding immediate responses to non-urgent requests,
requesting repeated exceptions to policies, or making excessive contact across
multiple services.
3. Unreasonable Persistence
o Occurs when customers continue to engage in unproductive, repetitive actions
despite prior explanations or resolutions.
o Example behaviours: repeatedly raising the same issue after a resolution,
refusing to accept final decisions, or contacting multiple staff to seek escalation.
Page 191 of 212

Page 192

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
5
4. Unreasonable Customer Demands
While we strive to accommodate reasonable customer needs, demands become unreasonable
when they impede our ability to assist others, provide essential services, or equitably allocate staff
resources. 
Examples of Unreasonable Demands 
Actions that fall into this category may include:
• Insisting on responses within an unrealistic timeframe.
• Demanding direct access to specific staff without valid justification.
• Submitting excessive and/or repeated communications (e.g., repeated calls, letters, emails,
Freedom of Information (FOI), or Subject Access Requests). FOI Vexatious requests provide
the basis for an exemption in relation to requests under the Freedom of Information
(Scotland) Act). 
• Repeatedly raising concerns that have already been addressed or resolved.
• Fixating on minor issues and exaggerating their significance.
• Refusing to accept documented evidence or explanations.
• Challenging decisions continuously without presenting new information.
• Raising concerns through proxies when the primary customer does not have a direct
grievance. 
5. Impact on Service Operations 
Unreasonable behaviour places undue pressure on service resources, causing delays, disrupting
workflows, and limiting equitable service provision. 
Response Strategy 
To address unreasonable demands, we may implement:
• Limiting contact methods or frequency, in some instances we may stop all contact.
• Assigning a single point of contact.
• Providing clear timelines for responses.
• Referring complaints to alternative processes where appropriate.
• Taking steps to protect staff well-being.
6. Unreasonable Use of the Complaints Procedure
Managing Persistent Complaints 
Some customers may struggle to accept our decisions, continuing to challenge them despite clear
explanations. 
Examples of this behaviour include: 
• Refusing to accept a decision after appropriate review.
• Rejecting reasonable explanations regarding service limitations.
• Repeatedly raising the same issue without new information.
Page 192 of 212

Page 193

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
6
If a formal complaint has been submitted via our Complaints Handling Procedure, customers will
be informed at Stage 2 that, if dissatisfied, they may escalate their complaint to the Scottish Public
Services Ombudsman (SPSO). At this point, the Council will consider the matter closed. 
If all internal review processes have been exhausted and a customer continues disputing a
decision without new evidence, they will be notified that:
• Future phone calls and meetings regarding the issue will not be accepted.
• Further communication must be in writing, with responses provided only if significant
new information arises.
7. Managing Unreasonable Customer Actions
Most customers engage with us respectfully. However, in rare cases, unreasonable behaviour may
require restrictions. While we strive to ensure complaints can progress appropriately, we may limit
communication methods if interactions disrupt services.
Potential Contact Restrictions 
• Designating a single staff member for all interaction.
• Setting specific times and days for telephone communication.
• Requiring appointments for office visits.
• Restricting all contact to written correspondence.
• Refusing to acknowledge abusive communications.
• Returning irrelevant documents or discarding them in extreme cases.
• If a customer continues engaging in excessive or unfocused issues, they may be asked to
limit or prioritise their requests within a set timeframe. 
Extreme Cases
In rare situations, a customer may be placed on a ‘no personal contact’ list, requiring all
communication to go through Chief Officers. Or we may choose to stop all contact with
customers. 
8. Restricting Contact 
8.1 Deciding to Restrict Contact 
Restrictions are imposed based on the severity of the behaviour and its impact on services.
8.2 Appealing a Contact Restriction
8.2.1 Appeal Process
Customers subject to contact restrictions have the right to appeal within 20 working days.
Appeals are considered only in relation to the restriction itself - not the original complaint.
Grounds for Appeal 
• Incorrect identification of actions as unreasonable.
• Disproportionate restrictions exceeding reasonable limits.
• Personal circumstances making restrictions particularly challenging. 
Page 193 of 212

Page 194

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
7
Review Process 
• The relevant Chief Officer will review the appeal independently. They may uphold, adjust,
or remove restrictions as necessary. If dissatisfied, customers may escalate concerns to
the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman (SPSO). This marks the final stage of the
complaint appeals process. 
Reviewing Restrictions 
• Restrictions may be reviewed after a six-month period to assess their ongoing necessity. 
9. Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands in Child Friendly
Complaints 
The Council remains fully committed to supporting the rights of children and young people to
express concerns and participate in decisions affecting them, in line with the United Nations
Convention on the Rights of a Child (UNCRC). 
Our complaints process is designed to be accessible and inclusive, for children, while also
offering appropriate support for adults acting on their behalf. 
The Council recognises that many complaints involving children are raised by parents, carers, or
advocates with genuine concern and good intentions. However, there are occasions where
behaviours exhibited during the complaints process may be considered unreasonable, particularly
when they compromise the interests of the child, place undue pressure on staff, or disrupt the
functioning of services. 
In line with the Council’s zero-tolerance approach, we recognise that children and young people
have the right to be heard and to have their views taken seriously, especially when raising concerns
about services that affect them. 
However, when complaints are made on behalf of children, we sometimes encounter adult
behaviours that: 
• Stop the child from sharing their own views.
• Make the problem seem bigger than it is, saying it’s for the child.
• Use the child’s complaint to pursue unrelated grievances.
• Refuse to let the child take part, even when it’s okay for them to do so.
• Want to use complicated ways that aren’t child-friendly (like not accepting simple language
or easy steps).
• Ask for things the Council cannot do or that are not part of the complaints process.
• Persistently raising the same issue, even after it’s been answered, without anything new to
add. 
We will take appropriate steps to ensure that our complaints process is easy for children to use,
respectful, and always puts their best interests first while also protecting our staff and services. 
Page 194 of 212

Page 195

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
8
9.1 If a Complaint involves a child, we will:
Listen and explain 
• We will listen carefully and explain how the complaints process works. We will also help
adults support children to speak for themselves when they can. 
Focus on the child 
• If it’s right to do so, we will talk directly with the child and make sure their views are taken
seriously. 
Help adults help children 
• We will guide parents, carers, or others so they can support the child in a kind and
respectful way. 
Set clear rules 
• We will explain what behaviour is acceptable and what the complaints process can and
cannot do. 
Apply proportionate restrictions 
• If an adult’s behaviour becomes aggressive, demanding, or persistently unreasonable,
such as: 
• restricting contact, modifying communication channels, if conduct remains
unreasonable despite engagement efforts. 
10. Policy Concluding Statement 
We are committed to giving all our customers a high level of service. However, we also have a
responsibility to keep our staff and customers safe, respected, and treated with dignity. This policy
makes sure that every complaint is taken seriously and handled fairly. At the same time, it sets
clear limits on behaviour that is unreasonable or unacceptable. 
By including trauma-informed and child-friendly approaches, we aim to make our complaints
process easy to use, and respectful to everyone. We will continue to review and improve our
practices to ensure our staff and customers feel supported and treated fairly. 
Page 195 of 212

Page 196

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
9
11. Appendix 1 
Staff Guidance:  Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands 
1. Defining unreasonable customer demands 
North Lanarkshire Council values customer feedback and takes all complaints seriously. However,
a small number of complainants exhibit behaviours that may be deemed difficult, including: 
• Repeatedly raising the same or similar complaints.
• Submitting excessive Freedom of Information or Subject Access Requests linked to a
complaint.
• Defaming council officers involved in the case.
• Using abusive language or exhibiting threatening behaviour. 
Staff are not expected to tolerate unreasonable conduct. In exceptional cases, the Council may
limit the complainant’s contact with staff. 
2. Managing unreasonable customer demands 
To prevent unnecessary conflict, staff should: 
• Treat each complainant with respect.
• Communicate clearly and provide accurate information.
• Remain professional and avoid taking frustration personally.
• Apologise for mistakes and rectify them where possible. 
If the complainant’s behaviour becomes persistently difficult, senior staff should develop a
complaints plan (Appendix 3) and ensure all relevant employees are informed. 
3. Practical Guidance 
3.1 Face-to-Face Meetings 
• Attend with a colleague who will document the discussion.
• Stay calm and listen attentively.
• Provide a detailed case update.
• Gather necessary information from the complainant.
• If behaviour becomes unreasonable, issue a warning before terminating the meeting.
• Document any incidents. 
3.2 Telephone Contact 
• Stay calm and actively listen.
• Provide relevant updates and ensure all concerns are noted.
• Warn the complainant if behaviour becomes unreasonable.
• If inappropriate behaviour persists, terminate the call and report the incident.
Page 196 of 212

Page 197

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
10 
Next Steps 
Chief Officers should inform the complainant in writing that their behaviour has been categorised
as difficult. This letter must: 
• Explain the reasons for this classification.
• Outline any restrictions imposed (e.g., contact format, named officer, specified times).
• State that extreme cases may be referred to Council Solicitors.
• Record all decisions in the official Customer Complaints Plan. 
If further contact on the same issue is unnecessary, the complainant will be notified that ongoing
correspondence will be acknowledged but not responded to in detail. 
4. Key Principles in Managing Complaints 
To minimise conflict, staff should ensure that: 
• Complaints are handled consistently and fairly and in-line with the corporate Complaints
Handling Procedure and in line with the Complaints Policy.
• Communication remains open and professional.
• No part of the complaint is overlooked.
• Each new communication is assessed to determine if new concerns have arisen. 
5. Indicators of unreasonable customer demands 
A complainant’s behaviour may be considered unreasonable if they: 
• Refuse to accept decisions made after a fair investigation.
• Continuously modify complaints or raise new issues unnecessarily.
• Pursue complaints through multiple channels simultaneously. 
• Submitting Freedom of Information or Subject Access Requests linked to a complaint. 
• Defame officers involved in the case.
• Deny documented evidence or refuse to specify their concerns.
• Become abusive, aggressive, or threatening toward staff.
• Record conversations without consent.
• Demand unreasonable responses or deadlines.
• Threats or physical violence will lead to restricted contact, and documentation will be
maintained. 
6. Withdrawing unreasonable customer demands status 
• If a complainant demonstrates improved behaviour or submits a new complaint that
warrants investigation, their status may be reviewed. Senior staff will assess the situation
and determine whether restrictions should be lifted, informing the complainant
accordingly. 
Page 197 of 212

Page 198

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
11
12. Appendix 2 
Staff Guidance: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands –
Complaints Checklist 
Checklist stages YES
/ NO
Date
1. ✅ Step 1: Determine if the complainant meets the criteria. 
2. ✅ Step 2: If YES, detail how they meet the criteria (refer to Guidance
Note). 
3. ✅ Step 3: Discuss the complainant’s circumstances with the Line
Manager and summarise the outcome.  
4. ✅ Step 4: Record findings on the complaints plan.  
5. ✅ Step 5: Send a letter to the complainant outlining concerns,
explaining that their contacts may be managed under the Managing
Unreasonable Customer Demands Policy. Clearly identify the issue,
request behavioural change, and include a copy of the policy. 
6. ✅ Step 6: If non-compliance continues, escalate to senior managers,
and send a follow-up letter confirming implementation of the policy. 
7. ✅ Step 7: Monitor the situation for six months. If the complainant
changes their approach, review and potentially reverse the decision,
confirming in writing. 
Page 198 of 212

Page 199

Customer Complaints Policy: Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands
12
13. Appendix 3 
Managing Unreasonable Customer Demands – Complaint Plan 
Complainant Name: 
Reason for concern Details Supporting Evidence  Requested Outcome
1. Excessive or unreasonably levels of
contact.  
2. Demands to speak only with specific
staff. 
3. Refusal to accept final decision. 
4. Aggressive, abusive, or
unacceptable behaviour. 
5. No new information.   
6.Unreasonably levels of contact.    
7. Escalation to SPSO.   
Page 199 of 212

Page 200

Page 200 of 212

Page 201

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref    GT/VR Date 25/09/25 
Review of Capital Delivery 2024/25 
From  Greg Telfer, Chief Officer (Finance and Technology)  
E-mail TelferG@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07583 010692 
1. Background 
1.1 The 2024/25 to 2028/29 Strategic Capital Investment Programme was approved at
Policy and Strategy Committee on 14 March 2024. The approved programme for the
2024/25 General Fund capital programme totalled £120.083m. 
1.2 The key highlights of the approved five-year programme included: 
• £250 million to continue investment in the Town and Community Hub programme, 
• City Deal investment of £91 million, including resources to progress the East Airdrie
Link Road project.
Executive Summary
On 14 March 2024 the Policy and Strategy Committee approved a five year strategic capital
investment programme, of which £120.083m was allocated to the General Services for
2024/25.  The final outturn for the financial year was £119.439m. 
This report identifies some of the key programme delivery highlights for 2024/25 whilst
recognising where appropriate the challenges affecting programme delivery. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Acknowledges and reviews the detail of the report, and
(2) Acknowledges the improvements made on recording and reporting on non-financial
performance information on the delivery of the Council’s strategic capital
investment programme 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Item 11
Page 201 of 212

Page 202

• £39 million investment in the Council’s Economic Regeneration Delivery Plan to
support the ongoing transformation of North Lanarkshire’s town centres, including
ongoing work to transform Cumbernauld town centre, 
• £34 million key infrastructure investment in bridges, flooding, active travel and road
safety, 
• £11 million investment in the Parks Masterplan, including funding to enable the
redevelopment of Strathclyde Park Watersports Centre, 
• £20 million investment in business and digital systems as the Council continues its
digital offering, and 
• £10 million investment in Community Boards with a key aim of evolving the
Council’s approach to facilitating community asset transfers. 
1.3 From an approved budget of £120.083m, the final outturn was £119.439m (99% of
original budget) representing an overall variance of £0.645m. This compares to a
£77.455m variance experienced during the 2023/24 financial year; with the outturn
representing 63% of the originally approved budget.  There were a number of significant
reprofiling exercises approved by the relevant service committees and further
adjustments leading to this final outturn position as follows: 
1.4 While the financial reporting has ensured ongoing compliance with the Council’s
Financial Regulations and the Strategic Capital Delivery Group (SCDG) Terms of
reference, the SCDG has had ongoing discussions about improving reporting on the
delivery of the capital programme in both financial and non-financial terms. 
2. Report 
Update on Previously Reported Delivery Challenges 
2.1 During 2024/25 the SCDG reported to Business Management Team (BMT) those
projects highlighted as having a red RAG status for either Finance or Delivery, where
the project had a budget of over £100,000.  The following provides an updated position
for each project identified with a red RAG status. 
2024/25 2023/24
£ £
Approved 2024/25 Budget 120,083,444 207,341,101
Carry forward from 2023/24 20,242,219 27,741,734
Reprofiling to future years (13,844,938) (79,593,707)
External funding adjustments 11,092,374 (5,360,384)
Final 2024/25 Budget 137,573,099 150,128,744
2024/25 final outturn underspend 18,134,319 20,242,217
Final 2024/25 Outturn 119,438,780 129,886,527
Final 2024/25 Outturn Variance 644,664 77,454,574
Final Outturn as % of Approved Budget 99% 63%
Final Outturn as % of Final Budget 87% 87%
Page 202 of 212

Page 203

Aitkenhead Primary School Rewire and St Lucys Primary School Cumbernauld
Both projects were reprofiled to 2025/26 in order to assist with managing the overall
capital programme for Assets and Procurement.  Work continues to progress. 
Edward Lawson Centre Redevelopment 
The project was anticipated to complete in May 2025 following delays in delivery due
to liquidation of the original contractor.  The new Woodlands Park High School opened
in August 2025, with the costs in line with budget.   
Bothwellhaugh Cottage 
Project progressing with no further concerns raised.     
Strathclyde Park Watersports Centre 
In April 2025 committee approval was given to award the main Watersports Centre
Redevelopment contract up to a value of £15.5m.  It is expected that the contract will
go to financial close in August/September 2025.  In addition, a direct award under
delegated authority was given to the enabling works contract to create vehicular access
to the site in advance of the main contract.   
LED Infrastructure 
This project was previously reported as at risk due to the delays in implementing the
new Roads and Infrastructure contract.  This has now been resolved with no issues
reported within the new financial year. 
St Kevins Community Hub
St Kevin’s outturn variance was £5.193m less than budget for 2024/25.  Works are
progressing well with an anticipated completion date of February 2026. 
Vehicle Replacement Programme
The vehicle replacement programme outturned with a variance of £4.482m.  The
Service’s review of the Council’s vehicle requirements led to time constraints for the
delivery of new vehicles.   The Service continue to consider other options to reduce
reliance on external hires.   
City Deal
City Deal out turned with a variance of £3.123m for 2024/25 which was due to delays
caused by additional ecological works required and challenging procurements due to
the market available, as well as due to lower than anticipated public utility diversion
costs and design costs.   
2024/25 Annual Review 
2.2 Following on from previous year practices, Services were asked to review their capital
programme for the 2024/25 financial year with the main aim of the exercise to highlight
achievements during the year, continuing challenges and areas for development. 
Key Delivery Highlights for 2024/25 
2.3 Service areas have reported a number of key highlights with regards to delivery of the
2024/25 capital programme including: 
Assets and Procurement
• Office Rationalisation – both the Buchanan Centre project and refurbishment of 2
floors of the Civic Square have been completed following extensive works including
reconfiguring spaces and IT upgrades
Page 203 of 212

Page 204

• All works completed in the 26 Non Domestic Energy Efficiency (NDEE) sites
• Town and Community Hubs 
o Newmains – defect period completed with the final account almost agreed.
o Chryston CH – defects period is ongoing. Retention continued to be held
by NLC. Final account ongoing.
o Riverbank – defects period completed, latent defects being addressed by
HubSW. Ongoing final account discussions taking place. 
o Orbiston CH – works continue onsite, target handover October 2025.
o Gartcosh CH – started on site in January 2025. Enabling works
commenced in October 2024. Main construction works ongoing
o St Kevins CH – started on site in September 2024, target handover
February 2026.
o St Stephens CH – started on site March 2025.
o Chryston HS – Enabling works took place in Q4 2024, main contract works
commenced April 25.
o Glenboig CH – minor feasibility work undertaken 
o Abronhill CH – minor feasibility work undertaken 
• Active and Creative – Boiler upgrade at Wishaw Sports Centre, along with
significant rewiring, lighting, and heating replacements at Kilsyth Library. 
Thorough condition survey works for the swimming pool facilities have also been
completed. 
• Final works completed at Woodlands, Kilsyth and St Aidan's PS MUGA projects. A
new MUGA has been installed at St Mary's PS in Cumbernauld. 
• A total of 5 new Active Travel Hubs have been installed across the authority along
with 3 grass pitch upgraded to new synthetic pitches.
• Creation of 7 outdoor cabins or polytunnels at Stane PS, Holy Family PS, Noble
PS, Ladywell PS, Dykehead PS,  St Mary's, Cleland and St Lucy's PS
• Bothwellpark/St Aidan's LCSC & EYs Assessment Centre on track for completion
end of June 2025.  One children's house kitchen and all bedrooms and en-suites
upgraded.  Works to existing Carnbroe PS to repurpose PS to ASN secondary
ongoing with expected completion in October 2025.  Dalziel HS lift installed.   
Community Operations
• Purchase and upkeep of equipment for play areas
• 256 New Lairs Delivered in Coltswood cemetery before end of 24/25, and available
for use
• Cambusnethan cemetery drainage improvements and footpath improvements
• 367 Lighting Columns replaced, 10,935 lighting columns inspected, 18.25 km of
carriageway resurfaced, 6.07km of footway resurfaced. Condition surveys
undertaken for full carriageway network and full VRS asset register. 
Place
• EALR Business Case approved by GCR Cabinet in August 2024.  
• Eurocentral Strategic Active Travel (phase 1 and 2 detailed design and phase 3
concept design) contract awarded and well underway. Phase 1 and 2 detailed
design remains ongoing - due to complete by December 2025
• RAIS demolition complete March 2025
• Town Action Plans for Bellshill, Kilsyth and Shotts were finalised. 
• Draft Investment Plan for Coatbridge has been produced and is subject to further
community engagement. 
• Progress continues with redevelopment of Cumbernauld Centre as planned.
• Various puffin upgrades undertaken throughout North Lanarkshire, including 2
toucan crossings and 1 major junction upgrade.
Page 204 of 212

Page 205

• Complete designs of 5 and construction of 2 road safety schemes. Construction
priorities determined by annual accident cluster reports.
• 6 Preliminary / Detailed designs and 2 active travel construction projects complete.
Construction has also started on 3 other active travel projects. Priorities to be
determined by active travel strategy. 
Business and Digital
• 1,095 corporate laptops procured and 800 schools laptops refreshed
• W360 upgrade completed 
Strategic Communication and Engagement
• Projects delivered: 
o 20 Play Facilities 
o 26 Road surfacing 
o 9 Environmental
o 10 Heritage 
o 2 Community Safety 
Summary of Delivery Challenges During 2024/25 
2.4 As previously highlighted, Services continue to report ongoing challenges in delivery
with many of the reasons similar to those reported previously. The SCDG monitored
these throughout the year but some key areas to note include: 
• Capacity of some teams is limited due to the difficulty in filling vacancies.
• External factors including performance issues with contractors and sometimes
difficulties in procuring contractors, issues with utilities and other regulatory bodies.
• Lead in times for the delivery of goods and supply chains for contractors 
• Increased costs leading to reviewing the scope of projects or reducing the number
of projects that could be completed.
• Focus on maximising the use of external income which can shift the focus of
delivery to externally funded projects away from NLC funded projects to ensure
grant terms and conditions can be met. 
Areas for Development / Lessons Learned 
2.5 There are a number of themes across services in the identification of areas for
development and lessons learned, including: 
• Future projects should consider implementing more robust risk assessments and
contingency plans to better address emerging issues early on. 
• Collaboration with other NLC service stakeholders to secure additional funding and
resources is vital to meet legislative and safety requirements effectively.
• The importance of having realistic timeline assessments including allowing for and
ensuring collaboration across departments to assist with project success. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1  The SCDG will continue to monitor the performance of the capital programme and liaise 
with officers, Business Management Team, Corporate Management Team and Elected
Members to ensure completion of the programme in line with available resources   
Page 205 of 212

Page 206

4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 No supporting documents. 
Greg Telfer
Chief Officer (Finance and Technology) 
Page 206 of 212

Page 207

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty 
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s
website? https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-
and-fairer-scotland-duty-impact-assessments 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact 
Does the report contain any financial impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts been discussed and agreed with
Finance? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts been discussed and agreed with People
Resources? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact 
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts been discussed and agreed with Legal and
Democratic? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?   
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the
data subject? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact 
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
Page 207 of 212

Page 208

Where the impact identifies a requirement for significant technology change, has
an assessment been carried out (or is scheduled to be carried out) by the
Enterprise Architecture Governance Group (EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact 
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact 
Is there a risk impact? 
Yes ☒ No ☐ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or
Service or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed? 
No risk impact as a direct result of the paper but service areas will need to ensure
that key risks and potential impacts are properly reflected in service risk registers
given the importance of the strategic capital investment programme in the delivery
of service and Council objectives.
5.10 Armed Forces Covenant Duty 
Does the report require to take due regard of the Armed Forces Covenant Duty (i.e.
does it relate to healthcare, housing, or education services for in-Service or ex-
Service personnel, or their families, or widow(er)s)? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the provision which has been made to
ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the particular needs of the
Armed Forces community to make sure that they do not face disadvantage
compared to other citizens in the provision of public services. 
5.11 Children’s rights and wellbeing impact 
Does the report contain any information regarding any council activity, service
delivery, policy, or plan that has an impact on children and young people up to the
age of 18, or on a specific group of these? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ 
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact and the provision that has
been made to ensure there has been appropriate consideration of the relevant
Articles from the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). 
If Yes, has a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) been
carried out? 
Yes ☐ No ☐ 
Page 208 of 212

Page 209

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Policy and Strategy Committee 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref    JMcK/CPT Date 25/09/25 
Contracts awarded below Committee approval threshold 
From  James McKinstry - Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement)  
E-mail McKinstryJ@northlan.gov.uk  Telephone 07939 281 102 
1. Background 
1.1 The Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 section 81 requires local authorities to
“…make standing orders with respect to the making by them or on their behalf of
contracts for the supply of goods or materials or for the execution of works.”. 
1.2 The Council’s General Contract Standing Orders (“GCSOs”) set out the council’s
specific procurement procedures and responsibilities at all spend levels, and include
the reporting requirements of procurement activity, including contracts awards, to
committee for either approval or acknowledgement. 
Executive Summary
In accordance with the Council’s General Contract Standing Orders (“GCSOs”), GCSO
21.10 requires a summary report be presented to members with details of contracts
awarded since last committee, specifically for the spend range: 
• over £50,000 but below £500,000 for supplies or services; and,
• over £500,000 but below £2,000,000 for works. 
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Policy and Strategy Committee: 
(1) Acknowledge the contract awards made since last committee reporting cycle.  
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Programme of Work Statutory / corporate / service requirement
Item 12
Page 209 of 212

Page 210

2. Report 
2.1 In accordance with GCSO 21.10, this report summarises the contract awards since last
committee, specifically for the spend range: 
• over £50,000 but below £500,000 for supplies or services; and,
• over £500,000 but below £2,000,000 for works. 
2.2 If you require further information regards the contract awards reported, please refer to
the lead service area / Chief Officer detailed in the appendix. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 All requirements contracted contribute to either the council’s programme of work and/or
fulfil a statutory requirement. 
3.2 All contract awards secure best value for the council in accordance with their evaluation
criteria. 
3.3 All necessary diligence has been undertaken in the evaluation and appointment of
contractors. 
3.4 All contract awards are logged in the council’s contract register. 
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 – Summary of contracts awarded. 
James McKinstry
Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement) 
5. Impacts 
5.1 Impacts considered as part of the contract award procedures are recorded in the
individual contract award reports held by the lead service area.  
Page 210 of 212

Page 211

Appendix 1 – Summary of Contracts Awarded 
Contract Ref NLC-SLP-24-055
Title Strategic Support Services for Glenboig Community Hub Feasibility Study / Masterplan
Classification Services
Chief Officer, Service Area James McKinstry, Chief Officer (Assets and Procurement)      
Competition Governance by Value Lower Threshold Regulated Procurement, procured in accordance with The Procurement Reform
(Scotland) Act 2014 AND The Procurement (Scotland) Regulations 2016.
Procurement Route Direct Award to our hubCo partner 
Award Criteria Best Value Approach
Comments Under the national hub Programme and in accordance with the terms of a Territory Partnering
Agreement (“TPA”), Hub South West Scotland Limited (“hubSW”) are the council’s delivery partner for
the feasibility study for the Glenboig Community Hub project. 
This feasibility study procurement was conducted by hubSW ensuring best value was achieved as it
utilised their existing supply chain agreements which have been subject to prior competition and
included relevant market testing and benchmarking before the contract award was made.     
Award Details Value £153,146
Contract Duration 4 months
Contractor Name Hub South West Scotland Limited
Contractor Size Small
Contractor Location North Lanarkshire Council
Status - Payment of Living Wage? Yes
Status - Living Wage Accredited? Yes      
Impacts
this section highlights
which impacts were
considered for this
contract award
procedure
Public Sector Equality Duty
and Fairer Scotland Duty ☐
HR Policy Impact ☐ Data Protection Impact ☐ Environment / Carbon
Impact ☐
Risk Impact ☒ Children’s Rights and
Wellbeing Impact ☐
Financial Impact ☐ Legal Impact ☐ Technology / Digital
Impact ☐
Communications Impact
☐
Armed Forces Covenant
Duty ☐ 
Further details regarding these impacts can be obtained from the Lead Service Area / Chief Officer       
Page 211 of 212

Page 212

Page 212 of 212